Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW Linear Position Sensing – High Precision With Extreme Reliability 686996 Catalog

2014-05-16

: Pdf 686996-Catalog 686996-Catalog 017688 Batch3 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 172

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW – Linear position sensing – high precision with extreme reliability

Object Detection

Linear Position Sensing

Industrial Identiﬁcation

Industrial Networking and Connectivity

Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW
Linear position sensing – high precision with extreme reliability

Balluff GmbH
Schurwaldstrasse 9
73765 Neuhausen a.d.F.
Germany
Phone +49 7158 173-0
Fax +49 7158 5010
balluff@balluff.com

www.balluff.com

Doc. No. 844641/Mat. No. 123757 E · Edition 1002; Subject to modifications. Replaces edition 0507.

Mechanical Accessories

Micropulse Transducers
Linear position sensing for greater efficiency

With over 50 years of sensor experience, Balluff is a leading global
sensor specialist that has developed well-engineered distance
measurement technology and its own line of connectivity products
for every area of factory automation. Balluff is based in Germany and
has a tight international network of 54 representatives and subsidiaries.
Balluff stands for comprehensive systems from a single source,
continuous innovation, the most modern technology, highest quality and greatest reliability and prides itself on distinctive customer
orientation, custom-tailored solutions, fast worldwide service and
outstanding application assistance.
High-quality, innovative products tested in our own accredited
laboratory and a quality management system certified according
to DIN ISO 9001 (EN 2008) form a secure foundation for optimized
added value for our customers and reliable partnership with
deliveries and logistics organized according to requirements.
Whether electronic and mechanical sensors, rotary and linear transducers, identification systems or optimized connection technology
for high-performance automation, Balluff masters not only the entire
technological variety with all of the different operating principles, but
Balluff technology fulfills regional quality standards and is suitable
for use worldwide. Wherever you are in the world, Balluff technology
is never far away. You won't have to look far for you nearest Balluff
expert.
Balluff products increase performance, quality and productivity
around the world every day. They satisfy prerequisites for meeting
demands for greater performance and cost reductions on the global
market. Even in the most demanding areas. No matter how stringent
your requirements may be, Balluff provides state-of-the-art solutions.

2

Fully exploit the potential
of high quality with sophisticated distance measurement technology for greater
efficiency

Micropulse Transducers

i
Basic Information and Definitions

17

Profile Series

29

Rod Series

73

Compact Rod and AR Rod Series

101

EX Rod and T Rod Series

127

SF Rod Series

141

Accessories

147

Alphanumeric Directory
Worldwide Sales

164
168

MICROPULSE
■ www.balluff.com

®
3

Micropulse Transducers
Overview
Linear position sensing

MICROPULSE
Magnetic linear encoder system BML – High precision and extended lengths

Micropulse transducers BTL/Inductive linear position sensor BIW – Extremely robust and reliable

Photoelectric distance sensors BOD – Independent of material and color

Magneto-inductive position sensors BIL – Compact and absolute

Inductive distance sensors BAW – For short strokes

4

®

Micropulse Transducers
Overview
Linear position sensing

i

ity
r flexibil
vity
r greate
fo
t
ns
n
o
e
producti
ti
m
creased
e assort
ized solu
g
in
m
n
r
ti
a
p
fo
-r
o
y
ll
– Fu
cy with
chnolog
ment te
r efficien
measure
– Greate
e
c
n
ta
or dis
– Superi

Balluff distance measurement –
the right solution for you
Balluff distance measurement
offers efficient individual solutions
that are adapted to your specific
requirements.
Different working principles are
available for distances from
1 to 48000 mm and resolutions
from 1 to 100 µm.
From position detection to distance
measurement.
Fully exploit the benefits available.
Choose the option that's right
for you and increase your added
value with superior Balluff distance
measurement technology.
Robust industrial Balluff distance
measurement technology is
accurate, reliable, non-contact,
wear-free and brings out the best
from your machines.

■ www.balluff.com

5

Micropulse Transducers
Overview
Distance measurement

Series

Profile P

Profile PF

Profile A1

Profile BIW

Rod
B, A, Z, Y

Internal fitting version
e.g. in hydraulic cylinders

Rod
compact

■

External fitting version
e.g. on machine frames

■

■

■

■

■

Filling level sensor
e.g. device filling systems

Special approvals

Magnet

free/captive

free/captive

captive
push rod

free

free or
floating

free or
floating

Interfaces
Analog voltage
0...10 V, 10...0 V, –10 V...+10 V

■

■

Analog current
4...20 mA, 0...20 mA

■

■

SSI

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

SSI-SYNC

■

■

■

CANopen

■

■

■

DeviceNet

■

PROFIBUS-DP

■

Start/Stop pulse interface

■

■
■
■

VARAN
From page

■

30

48

56

68

74

102

Micropulse transducers BTL
Inductive linear position sensor BIW
... extremely robust and reliable
6

Micropulse Transducers
Overview
Distance measurement

i

Rod pro
compact

Rod AR

■

free or
floating

Compact rod
DEX B/J

■

Rod DEX C

■

Rod NEX

■

Rod PEX

■

Rod T

Rod SF

■

Vehicle
approval

Potentially
explosive
operation

Potentially
explosive
operation

Potentially
explosive
operation

Potentially
explosive
operation

KBA, e1

Flameproof "d"
zone 0,
zone 1, ATEX,
KOSHA, GOST

Flameproof "d",
zone 0,
zone 1, ATEX,
CENELEC, FM,
CSA

protection type
"n" zone 2

Dust protection zone 22

Increased
safety
2 or 3-way
redundant

Conforms with
FDA, 3A,
ECOLAB,
EHEDG

free or
floating

free or
floating

free or
floating

free or
floating

free or
floating

free or
floating

floating

Certified for
foodstuffs

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■

108

■

118

■

130

■

132

■

135

■

134

■

138

142

MICROPULSE
■ www.balluff.com

®
7

Distance Measurement
Summary
Magneto-inductive distance sensors

SMARTSENS

SMARTSENS

SMARTSENS

Magneto-inductive
distance sensors BIL

Micro-BIL

BIL 60

BIL 160

Working range

0...10 mm

0...60 mm

0...160 mm

±0.15 mm

±0.4 mm

Resolution

Linearity

±0.3 mm

±1 mm

±2.4 mm

Repeat accuracy

±30 µm

±60 µm

±0.5 mm

Housing size

28×6.2×4.4 mm

95×15.2×15.2 mm

230×15.2×15.2 mm

0...10 V

■

■

■

4...20 mA

■

■

■

Output

Special features

Mounted in T-slot

Magneto-inductive distance sensors BIL
... compact and absolute

Refer to our
Linear Position Sensing catalog
for more information on
BIL magneto-inductive position sensors
or visit our website at www.balluff.com

8

SMARTSENS

Distance Measurement
Overview
Magnetic linear encoder system

i

Magnetic linear
encoder system BML

BML-S1A_-Q...
digital

BML-S1A_-A...
analog
sin/cos, 1 Vss

BML-S1F_-Q...
digital

BML-S1F_-A...
analog
sin/cos, 1 Vss

BML-S1E0-Q...
digital

BML-S1C0-Q...
digital

5...50 µm

5...50 µm

100...2000 µm

Resolution

1...10 µm

System accuracy

±10 µm/
±20 µm

±10 µm/
±20 µm

±10 µm

±10 µm

±50 µm/
±60 µm

±100 µm

±100 µm

Distance to tape

0.1...
0.35 mm

0.1...
0.35 mm

0.1...
0.35 mm

0.1...
0.35 mm

0.1...2 mm

0.1...2 mm

0.1...2 mm

Digital output signal
RS422 (TTL)

1...10 µm

BML-S1B0-Q...
digital

■

■

Digital output signal HTL (as
operating voltage 10...30 V)
Analog output signal os

■

(1 Vss)
Linear tape
up to 48 m

■

Rotary magnetic tape (magnetic ring) ∅ 30...300 mm

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Magnetic linear encoder system BML
... high
g p
precision and extended lengths

Refer to our catalog
Magnetic Linear Encoder Systems BML
for more information
or visit our website at www.balluff.com

■ www.balluff.com

9

Distance Measurement
Overview
Inductive distance sensors

Inductive distance sensors
BAW
Flush

BAW
Ø 6.5 mm

BAW M12

BAW M18

BAW R03

BAW PG 36

0.5...2 mm

0.5...2 mm

1...5 mm

1...4 mm

0...20 mm

1...4 mm

2...16 mm

M12×1

M12×1

BAW
80×80 mm

Linear range
Not flush
Housing size

Ø 6.5 mm

Output

10×30×6 mm

PG 36

80×80 mm

0...10 V
0...20 mA
4...20 mA

■

■
■
■

■
■
■

■

■

■

Connectors

■

■

■

■

■

■

Cable

■

■

■

■

Connection

Special features

0...50 mm

Teachable
switching output

Inductive distance sensors BAW
... for short strokes

10

Distance Measurement
Overview
Photoelectric distance sensors

i

Photoelectric
distance sensors BOD

BOD 6K

BOD 18K

BOD 26K

BOD 63M

BOD 66M

Distance sensor
measuring range

20...80 mm

50...100 mm

45...85 mm
30...100 mm
80...300 mm

200...2000 mm
200...6000 mm

100...600 mm
200...2000 mm

Diffuse sensor measuring range
with background suppression

20...80 mm

30...100 mm
80...300 mm

200...2000 mm
200...6000 mm

100...600 mm
200...2000 mm

Housing size

20 × 32 mm

50 × 50 mm

90 × 70 mm

73 × 90 mm

0...10 V
Output

■

M18×1
■

4...20 mA
Connectors

■

■

Cable

■

■

Connection

Special features

Teachable
switching output

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Teachable switching
output, adjustable
measuring range

Teachable
switching output

Teachable
switching output

Photoelectric
distance sensors BOD
... independent of material and color

Refer to our
catalog Linear Position Sensing
for more information on
photoelectric distance sensors BOD or
visit our website at www.balluff.com

■ www.balluff.com

11

Micropulse Transducers
Applications

Micropulse transducers are perfect for applications that require a
high degree of reliability and precision.
Suitable for measurement lengths between 25 and 7500 mm, integrable and compact Micropulse displacement systems are extremely
versatile.
The non-contact working principle of the systems ensures a complete absence of wear and a virtually endless service life. The highprecision output signal serves as an absolute signal for the controller
in a wide range of different interfaces.
Integrated in the pressure section of hydraulic cylinders, Micropulse
transducers are used as displacement systems for position sensing
in a wide variety of sectors.

Integrated in construction machinery

Hydraulic press

Thermosolar power stations

12

Application areas:
– Pitch movement on wind generators
– Monitoring reflection channels on thermosolar power stations
– Large hydraulically powered valves
– Casting and rolling mills
– Lift controls
– Flight simulators
– Foundries
– Logging machines
– Automation engineering
– Hydroelectric power stations
– Locks and floodgates
– Construction machinery
– Combine harvesters

Hydraulic axis with integrated Micropulse transducer

Micropulse Transducers
Applications

i

Wind power generator

■ www.balluff.com

Sawmill machinery

Hydraulic riveting system

13

Micropulse Transducers
Applications

In the automation of a wide range of different machine types, the
most important requirements include maximum precision, no wear,
easy installation, a high degree of protection and a low price.
Micropulse transducers in a profile housing fulfill requirements in the
automation industry 100 %.

Equipped for the future !
– Extremely flexible
– Product changes using keyboard
– Longer cycle times
– Increased availability
– Short set-up times
– Downtimes prevented
– Greater degree of automation
are just some of the requirements
designers and developers must fulfill for
future machine generations.

Application areas:
– Injection molding
– Presses
– Handling systems
– Portal robots
– Woodworking machinery
– Packaging machines
– Conveying
– Leveling machines
– Operating tables
– Concrete blockmaking machines

The perfect solution for your
application !
From the Balluff full-range assortment of
distance measurement technology, we
can work out the most economical and
technically appropriate solution for you.
Competent
application consultation:
Phone: +49 7158 173-370 or
+49 7158 173-777
tsm@balluff.de bzw.
service@balluff.de

Film slitting machine

14

Injection molding machine

Micropulse Transducers
Applications

i

Multiple-stage press

Automation engineering

Concrete construction machinery

Laundry press

The non-contact magnetostrictive working principle is also ideal for
special applications.
Application areas:
– Process technology
– Filling of foodstuffs
– Level monitoring in milk tanks
– Dosimetry
– Perfume manufacture
– Pharmaceuticals
– Alcohol production
Level monitoring
■ www.balluff.com

15

16

■ www.balluff.com

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Contents

Definitions

18

Principles
Princi
Pri
nciple
ples
s of
of oper
o
operation
perati
ation
on

21

Housings
H
Hou
ousin
si gs
g

22
2
2

Interfaces

24

Quality and service

26

17

Basic Information
Definitions

Output signal, characteristic
curve, resolution, sensitivity

The characteristic curve describes the relationship between the
output signal and the input signal. The slope of the curve represents
the sensitivity of the device.
The sensitivity (resolution) is the quotient of the input signal change
and the change in the output signal. On Micropulse transducers, the
input signal change is the change in the position of the magnet and
the output signal change is the change in the electrical output signal.

Linearity

A measuring device has a linear characteristic curve and a constant
sensitivity when the relationship between the input and output
variable is represented by a straight line (linear function). Linear
scales are assumed for the X and Y-axes. A characteristic curve is
not linear if it is not a straight line.

Linear
deviation

Linear function

Linear deviation from a linear function

Non-linearity

Non-linearity is the maximum deviation from a straight line which
connects the null point of the measuring range with the end point
(full scale). There is a linear relationship between the position or
stroke to be measured and the output signal for a voltage, current or digitized information. The linearity curve of magnetostrictive
transducers does not change during the life of the system. The curve
however can be corrected.

Hysteresis

Hysteresis is the signal difference resulting when arriving at a certain
position, traveling beyond it and then returning to this position from
the other direction.
Hysteresis

Turn-off point

Axis of travel

Travel
Turn-on point

Specified position

18

Repeatability

Repeatability is moving to a certain position from both directions.
Repeatability is the sum of the hysteresis and the resolution.

Repeat accuracy

Repeat accuracy is the value resulting when moving to the same position from the same direction under unchanging ambient conditions.

Basic Information
Definitions

SYNC mode

The absolute positioning information of the displacement system is
established and transmitted synchronously to the read cycle of the
processing electronics, e.g. an axis controller or a regulating controller.

Incremental

After the system is switched off, the measured value currently available is not retained. A reference run to a defined point is necessary
in order to obtain a position value. The position value is calculated by
adding or subtracting single identical increments from the reference
point.

Absolute

The measured value for the current position is available immediately
after the system is switched on. An absolute coded digital signal
or an analog value is assigned to each position, e.g. along a waveguide. A reference run is not required.

Temperature coefficient,
formula

The temperature coefficient is the relative change of a physical
quantity with changing temperature. The temperature dependence
of a physical quantity y can be approximated at least for a limited
temperature range by using the temperature coefficient α with a
linear relationship y = y0 (1 + α *ΔT).

Temperature coefficient

The temperature coefficient indicates the relative change in length as
temperature changes. This means that temperature factors change
the output value by the indicated amount.

Null point

The null point is the position with the lowest output value along the
measuring range. For some transducer models the null point can be
set by the user. The null point must lie within the measuring range.

Sampling rate

The sampling rate is the frequency at which the output information
is updated. It can be the same as the number of measurements
per second. A high sampling rate for rapidly changing positions is
important when the process is time-critical.

Nominal stroke

The nominal stroke is the usable area along the transducer, and is
represented by the length indication in the part number (see also
Characteristic curve). The nominal stroke is always shorter than the
overall length of the transducer.

Damping zone

The damping zone is the area in which the second (undesired)
magnetostrictive wave is damped. This area is always outside of the
measuring range. Depending on the transducer model, either an
erroneous output signal or an error signal will be output if the magnet
is allowed to travel into this zone, which must not be considered
valid information.

■ www.balluff.com

19

Basic Information
Definitions

20

Intrinsically safe "i"
Coding "Ex i"

A circuit is intrinsically safe if it does not permit a spark or thermal
effect which could ignite an explosive atmosphere as defined by
Group IIA, IIB or IIC, whereby the test conditions prescribed in the
standard must be applied. The test conditions take into account
normal operation and certain fault conditions.
The implementation of intrinsically-safe circuits results in certain restrictions pertaining to the selection of components for the electrical
and electronic circuits.
In addition the permissible load on the components as compared
with normal industrial applications must be reduced:
– with respect to the voltage in terms of dielectric strength, and
– with respect to the current in terms of thermal effects.

Flameproof enclosure "d"
Designation "Ex d"

Parts which could ignite a potentially explosive atmosphere must be
housed in an enclosure:
– which in case of an explosion of an explosive mixture inside the
housing can contain the pressure, and
– which prevents the internal explosion from igniting the atmosphere
surrounding the enclosure.

Protection type "n"
designation "Ex n"

Devices in these categories are intended for use in areas where an
explosive atmosphere is not expected. Even if the atmosphere were
to become explosive, in all probability it would be infrequent and only
for a short space of time.
A manufacturer's certificate is provided, confirming that the product
satisfies requirements for the use of electrical equipment in potentially explosive areas according to EN 60079-15.
Several methods of flameproofing are combined under the designation.

e1 type approval

The e1 type approval is granted by the German Federal Motor
Transport Authority KBA and confirms that special motor vehicle
standards have been maintained.
The devices may be mounted on vehicles which travel on public
roads. The standards describe EMC conditions under which
the devices must operate without failure. e1 approved Micropulse
transducers are indicated by "-SA265-" in the Part number.

FDA

The FDA (Food and Drug Administration) oversees the US food and
pharmaceutical industry and certifies devices, materials, systems
and machines from these sectors. A product designation of this kind
makes your system eligible for FDA approval.

e1

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Principles of operation

Principles of operation

The measuring element ("waveguide") consists of a special nickeliron alloy with 0.7 mm outer and 0.5 mm inner diameter. A copper
conductor is introduced through the length of this tube. A short
current pulse initiates the measurement process. This current generates a circular magnetic field which rotates around the waveguide.
A permanent magnet at the point of measurement is used as the
marker element, whose lines of field run at right angles to the electromagnetic field.
In the area on the waveguide where the two fields intersect,
a magnetostrictive effect causes an elastic deformation of the waveguide (in the microrange), which propagates along the waveguide in
both directions in the form of a mechanical wave.
The propagation velocity of this wave in the waveguide is 2830 m/s,
and is almost completely insensitive to environmental effects such as
temperature, shock and contamination.
The component of the wave which reaches the far end of the
waveguide is damped, whereas the component which arrives at the
signal converter is changed into an electrical signal by reversing the
magnetostrictive effect. The time the wave takes to travel from its
point of origin to the signal converter is directly proportional to the
distance between the permanent magnet and the signal converter.
A time measurement then allows this distance to be calculated with
extreme accuracy.

Damping

Mechanical wave

Electromagnetic field

Magnet
Magnets

Exciting current pulse
Mechanical wave

Waveguide
Signal converter

Copper
conductor

Receiver

MICROPULSE
■ www.balluff.com

®
21

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Form factors

22

Rod housings

Rod housings are mainly used in hydraulic drive applications. When
installed in the pressure section of the hydraulic cylinder, the distance
sensor requires the same pressure rating as the actual hydraulic
cylinder. In practice, the sensor must be able
to withstand pressures up to 1000 bar. The electronics are integrated in an aluminum or stainless steel housing and the waveguide
in a pressure-resistant tube made from nonmagnetic stainless steel
that is sealed off at the face end with a welded plug. An O-ring seal
in the flange at the opposite end seals off the high-pressure section.
An magnet ring with magnets slides over the tube or rod with internal
waveguide to mark the position prior to detection.

Profile housings

The electronics and waveguide are enclosed in an aluminum profiled
housing. The aluminum housing is hermetically sealed according to
degree of protection IP67. The magnets on the magnet act on the
waveguide through the wall of the aluminum profile.
There are two different versions of magnet, namely captive and free
magnets. Free magnets are secured directly on the moving machine
part and move with the part above and along the profile at a certain
distance. The advantage is that guide precision is not an issue with
this type of sensor. The sensors tolerate a lateral and upward offset
of several millimeters. If these generous tolerances are exceeded,
you can always revert to using captive magnets. With captive
magnets, the profile housing of the distance sensor acts as a sliding
rail along which the magnet travels. In this case, a control arm with
spherical heads compensates for unparallel movements.

Explosion-proof
versions

Many applications require the use of distance sensors in potentially
explosive areas. Flameproof magnetostrictive Micropulse transducers are available in a wide range of designs for use in zone 0 and 1.

Redundancy increases safety

Magnetostrictive distance sensors are ideal for applications requiring a high degree of safety or availability. The sensors often have a
2-way or even 3-way redundant design in order to ensure mutual
monitoring or provide a reserve channel when required. A distance
sensor with a redundant 3-way design incorporates 3 adjacent
waveguides offset by 120°C and housed in a collective outer
tube along which an magnet moves in much the same way as on
standard housings. The magnets on the magnet act on all three
waveguides simultaneously. The three positions are evaluated by
three interdependent, completely separate electronics modules
that can be integrated in the same housing. Application examples
include ship propulsion drives, power stations and tilting technology
in trains.

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Form factors

Filling level sensor

The magnetostrictive working principle is also ideal for the continuous high-precision measurement of fluid filling levels. Waveguides
and processing electronics are enclosed inside a housing made
de from
stainless steel. Stainless steel floats with permanent integrated
d magnets mark the current filling level in the tank or vessel. The design
ign of
the sensors meets international hygiene standards.

MICROPULSE
■ www.balluff.com

®
23

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Interfaces

Analog
voltage output
The output voltage is
directly proportional to the
position of the magnet
along the waveguide.
The most important
parameter for analog
outputs is the refresh rate
and the ripple of the
output signal. Many transducers on the market
attain the specified values
for output ripple only by
means of low-pass filtering. This always carries
with it an undesirable time
delay of the output signal.
Micropulse transducers
attain the specified signal
quality without low-pass
filters, instead using an
improved circuit design.
This means fast update
times with low levels of
ripple and noise on the
output signal.
Micropulse transducers
with voltage output have
2 outputs, one rising and
one falling.
Available versions include:
0...10 V (10...0 V) and
–10...10 V (10...–10 V).
See technical data on
page 32

24

Analog
current output
The output current is
directly proportional to the
position of the magnet
along the waveguide.
Analog current interfaces
of 0...20 mA and
4...20 mA are standard
in numerous applications
and in many industries.
Current interfaces are
significantly less sensitive
to induced noise voltage
than analog voltage interfaces. A 500 Ω resistor
can be used to convert
the 0...20 mA signal into
a voltage of 0...10 V.
The 4...20 mA signal
provides a simple form of
cable break monitoring,
since a current of 4 mA
must flow even at the
null point of the stroke.
Micropulse transducers
with current output are
available with rising or
falling signals.
See technical data on
page 32

Pulse interface
The time between an
interrogation and the
reply signal is directly proportional to the position
of the magnet along the
waveguide.
These pulses are transmitted using RS485/422
differential line drivers,
guaranteeing noise-free
signal transmission
over distances of up to
500 m.
The great advantage
of these interfaces is the
noise-immune signal
transmission with a
simple and economical
interface. Interfaces with
tristate outputs allow
multiplexing of several
Micropulse transducers.
Appropriate control cards
are available.
See technical data on
page 34

Synchronous serial
SSI interface
The position of the
magnet along the
waveguide is sent to the
controller serially in a
data word.
Micropulse transducers
with SSI interface can
be connected directly
to controllers or to axis
control cards with SSI
interface. The transmission of data from the
sensor to the controller is
synchronized by a clock
pulse from the controller.
Transducers with 16, 24
or 25-bit data words are
available depending on
the required resolution.
The maximum non-linearity of the SSI Micropulse
transducer of ±30 µm
over the entire stroke, the
update frequency of
5 kHz and a resolution of
1 µm make SSI Micropulse transducers an
ideal feedback sensor –
even in the most demanding positioning and
control applications.
See technical data on
page 36

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Interfaces

CANopen

DeviceNet

PROFIBUS-DP

The position of the
magnet along the waveguide is sent over the
CAN bus to the controller
in so-called Process Data
Objects or PDOs.
Micropulse transducers work with standard
CANopen protocols as
per CiA DS 301 and
with the standard device
profile as per DS406.
CANopen offers greater
flexibility because of the
large number of configuration options for the
transducer.
For example, the
resolution is programmable for 5, 10, 20 or
100 µm – depending on
your application. Alternatively you can select
whether both position
and velocity information
are sent to your controller.
Cyclically or on-demand.
And there's more:
Up to 4 so-called
software cams can be
defined in the active measuring range. Each time
the status of one
of these cams changes,
high-priority emergency
messages are sent to the
controller.

DeviceNet is a fieldbus
network which permits
communication between
basic sensors/actuators
as well as programmable
logic controllers.
Micropulse transducers
transmit the absolute
position and the velocity
to the controller in the
form of a 4 byte value
with a maximum cycle
time of 1 ms.
The communication parameters and the objects
available to the Micropulse transducer can be
parameterized using the
electronic device data
sheet (EDS file).

The Process Data Unit
sends position and velocity information for the
transducer to the controller via the PROFIBUS-DP.
Micropulse transducers
operate according
to EN 50170 and support the PROFIBUS-DP
encoder profile as well as
multi-magnet operation.
Micropulse transducers
can be parameterized
using the GSD file. The
position resolution can be
configured in 5 µm increments and the velocity
resolution in increments
of 0.1 mm/s.
Working ranges and the
null point can be configured individually for each
magnet.

See technical data on
page 40

See technical data on
page 42

Bus interface modules
WAGO/Phoenix Contact
One flexible way of
connecting Micropulse
transducers to various
bus systems is to use
the interface modules
available from WAGO and
Phoenix Contact. These
provide the option of
transmitting the positioning information from several transducers through
a single bus interface to
the supervisory controller
within a single bus cycle.
The resolution and the
null point of the transducers with the pulse interface can be programmed
through the respective
bus interface. For further
technical data and
ordering bus interface
modules, contact WAGO
and Phoenix Contact.
See technical data on
page 162

VARAN bus
VARAN is an open
realtime Ethernet bus
system. Micropulse AT
VARAN linear displacement systems detect
the movements of highly
dynamic axes in complex
applications.
The realtime Ethernet
system is extremely
economical, easy to
implement and simple
to program. Widely
available on the market,
VARAN networks are
used in combination with
Sigmatek controllers, for
example.
VARAN is fully integrated
in hardware and designed
according to IEEE 802.3
for standard Ethernet
physics.
The simple design
guarantees extremely
rapid cycle times while
achieving maximum data
security and reducing
implementation costs.
See technical data on
page 64

See technical data on
page 38

■ www.balluff.com

25

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Quality and service

Reliability doesn't
happen by chance

Reliability doesn't happen by chance!
Maximum quality and reliability always take top
priority at Balluff. All EMC, shock and vibration tests
relevant to products are conducted in our internal
company testing laboratory, which has been certified
for 15 years.
The sophisticated test equipment in the testing laboratory can be used to implement special, more stringent
tests that extend beyond standard specifications.
Each product series must pass the specified tests
prior to obtaining approval for the customer.

Tests for reliability and quality:

1. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

2. Product-specific tests

3. Shock, sinusoidal and noise testing
4. Other

www.balluff.com
Global online availability
The latest product information from our databases.
We offer the latest
– Data sheets
– CAD drawings in
2D or 3D
– Catalogs
– Brochures
– Manuals
– Software descriptions
– Operating manuals
– FAQs
– Worldwide addresses
and much more.

26

Tests
Immunity from discharge of static electricity (EN 61000-4-2)
Immunity from electro-magnetic fields (EN 61000-4-3)
Immunity from rapid transient interference (bursts) (EN 61000-4-4)
Immunity from surge voltages (EN 61000-4-5)
Immunity from line-borne high-frequency interference
(EN 61000-4-6)
Immunity from magnetic fields with power transmission frequencies
(EN 61000-4-8)
Immunity from voltage dips, short breaks in power supply and voltage fluctuations
(EN 61000-4-11)
Radiated emissions (EN 55011)
Mains-borne emissions (EN 55011)
Emissions, HF magnetic field (DIN EN 300 330-1)
Making capacity / breaking capacity (EN 60947-5-2) Testing cable anchoring of
devices with integral connection cables (EN 60947-5-2)
Short circuit testing (EN 60947-5-2)
Shock, sinusoidal and noise testing (EN 60068-2-6) (EN 60068-2-27;
EN 60068-2-29) (EN 60068-2-64)
X-ray analysis

Basic Information and Deﬁnitions
Quality and service

HALT – High Accelerated Lifetime Test
... highest function security over years
HALT tests were designed to detect weaknesses early during
the product development phase and eliminate them
The result is linear displacement systems and sensors of the highest
quality and reliability which will continue to perform with the same
safety and precision for years to come. The tests reduce equipment
downtimes, prevent service and repair costs and achieve significantly greater efficiency. Rapid temperature cycles from –100 °C to
+200 °C and vibration loads between 10 °C and 50 °C can simulate
aging of a sensor. This procedure is used to test the specifications
of products to determine the degree of reliability, load capacity and
life expectancy of the sensor. The sample is intentionally destroyed
so that we can immediately improve the first component to fail. Both
sensors and transducers can be tested in the HALT system.

Nitrogen tank for the cooling system

Stress on the sample

HALT system
Manufacturer
Frequency range
Acceleration
Excitation
Temperature range
Temperature gradient
Electrical power
Procedure

Multifunctional climate chamber

Thermotron Industries USA
2...10000 Hz
up to 50 g
9 pneumatic cylinders, noise spectrum, 3-axis, 3 linear and
3 rotary degrees of freedom
–100 °C...+200 °C
70 K/min
96 kW
Electric heater, liquid nitrogen for cooling

Service Center
... competent customer service
We offer ...
– Qualified technical consultation on the complete
Balluff product range
– Technical solutions for all your applications
– Flexible assistance in dealing with your specific
questions and problems
– Support whenever you need it
– Know-how for integrating controllers
– Product repair service
We will gladly answer any questions relating to ...
– Technical product features
– Suitability of products for your application
– Operating instructions and data sheets
– Conversion of models from other manufacturers
– Balluff successor products
■ www.balluff.com

We are happy to help!
Phone: +49 7158 173-370
E-mail: service@balluff.de
Fax: +49 7158 173-691
Weekdays
Saturdays

7am to 8pm
8am to 12pm

Do you have a claim?
You are welcome to return your Balluff product to
us for inspection and repair.
Request a return consignment number from the
"Technical Service" area on our website.

27

28

Proﬁle Series
Contents

P

PF

AT

BIW

P
General data
Analog interface
Digital pulse interface
SSI interface
CANopen interface
DeviceNet interface
PROFIBUS-DP interface
Free magnets
Captive magnets, control arm

30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46

PF
General data
Analog interface
A
Free magnets
Captive magnets, control arm

48
50
52
54

AT
A
General data
Analog interface
Modes
Analog interface
Digital pulse interface
VARAN bus interface
Accessories

56
58
60
61
62
64
66

BIW
General data
Analog interface

68
70

The electronics and waveguide are enclosed in an aluminum profiled
housing. The aluminum housing is hermetically sealed according
to degree of protection IP67. The magnets on the magnet act on the
waveguide through the wall of the aluminum profile.
There are two different versions of magnet, namely captive and free
magnets. Free magnets are secured directly on the moving machine
part and move with the part above and along the profile at a certain
distance. The advantage is that guide precision is not an issue with
this type of sensor. The sensors tolerate a lateral and upward offset
of several millimeters. If these generous tolerances are exceeded,
you can always revert to using captive magnets. With captive
magnets, the profile housing of the distance sensor acts as a sliding
rail along which the magnet travels. In this case, a control arm with
spherical heads compensates for unparallel movements.

■ www.balluff.com

29

Proﬁle P Series
General data

The structural design, high
degree of protection and simple
installation of Balluff Micropulse
transducers in a profiled housing makes them an excellent
alternative to linear transducers,
e.g. potentiometers, glass rulers
and LVDTs. The linear sensing
element is protected inside
an extruded aluminum profile.
A passive magnet with no power
supply marks the measuring
point along the waveguide without making contact.
Measuring ranges between 50
and 5000 mm are available.
– Non-contact detection of
the actual position
– Insensitive to dirt, IP 67
– Wear-free
– Insensitive to shock and
vibration
– Absolute output signal
– Resolution up to 0.001 mm
(depending on processing
electronics used)
– Direct signal processing or in
conjunction with processors
for all control and regulating
systems

30

Floating or captive magnets!

Series
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Housing attachment
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BTL5 profile P
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
12 g, 10...2000 Hz as per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V (GND to housing)
IP 67 (with BKS-S... IP 67 connector attached)
Anodized aluminum
Compression clamps
Connectors/cables
EN 55016 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 4
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0300, 0350,
0360, 0400, 0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800,
0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000,
3250, 3500, 3550, 3750, 4000, (4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250,
5500) or in 5 mm increments (depending on interface) on request
■ Included:
– Transducer (select your interface from page 32)
– Short user's guide
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers and screws
Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors, page 148

Proﬁle P Series
General data

Transducer with floating magnet, S 32 connection with BKS-S 32M/BKS-S 32M-C/BKS-S 33M connector
for transducers with analog interface, digital pulse interface and SSI interface, from page 32
Nominal stroke

P
General
data
Installation length

Transducers with captive magnets and cable outlet for transducers with analog interface, digital pulse interface
and SSI interface, from page 32
Nominal stroke

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

Installation length

PF
General
data

CANopen connection S 94 with connectors BKS-S 94-00 and BKS-S 92-00 for transducers
with CANopen interface, page 38

Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface

CANopen connection S 92 with connector BKS-S 92-00 for transducers with CANopen interface, page 38

Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
General
data

DeviceNet connection S 93 with connectors BKS-S 92-00, BKS-S 93-00 and BKS-S 48-15-CP-_ _, page 40
PROFIBUS-DP plug connector S103 with connectors BKS-S 103-00, BKS-S 105-00 and BKS-S 48-15-CP-_ _ page 42

■ www.balluff.com

Analog
interface

31

Proﬁle P Series
Analog interface

potential-free up to 4500 mm

The analog outputs of the profile series are potential-free with
respect to the input voltage. The isolation is galvanic using DC/DC
converters.
Analog type BTL transducers are available in various output configurations: 0...10 V, 4...20 mA, 0...20 mA and –10...10 V, with rising and
falling output slope.

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output
Output voltage
Output current
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance
System resolution
Hysteresis
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity

Micropulse transducers – a non-contact alternative
to contacting feedback devices

Temperature coefficient

Potentiometer connections, block diagram

Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Output signals

Operating voltage

Voltage output
Current output

Pin
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

Connect shield to housing
Micropulse transducer connections, block diagram

■ Please enter the code for the output signal and
nominal stroke length in the ordering code.
Preferred models interface A11 and E10
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-P-S32
BTL5-E10-M_ _ _ _-P-S32
are available from stock in the nominal lengths highlighted in blue.
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers and screws
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors, page 148/149

32

Proﬁle P Series
Analog interface

BTL5 profile P
analog
A
analog
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
potential-free
0...10 V and 10...0 V

BTL5 profile P
analog
E
analog
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
potential-free

BTL5 profile P
analog
C
analog
BTL5-C1_-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
potential-free

4...20 mA or 20...4 mA

0...20 mA or 20...0 mA

max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV

BTL5 profile P
analog
G
analog
BTL5-G11-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
potential-free
–10...10 V and 10...–10 V
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV

≤ 0.1 mV
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-A11...
0 V Output
10...0 V
0...10 V
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.2 µA
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.2 µA
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke

[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-E10...
BTL5-E17...
4...20 mA
20...4 mA
0 V Output
0 V Output
10...0 V
10...0 V
0...10 V
0...10 V
GND
GND
+24 V DC
+24 V DC
(GND)
(GND)

[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-C10...
BTL5-C17...
0...20 mA
20...0 mA
0 V Output
0 V Output
10...0 V
10...0 V
0...10 V
0...10 V
GND
GND
+24 V DC
+24 V DC
(GND)
(GND)

P

≤ 0.1 mV
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-G11...
0 V Output
10...–10 V
–10...10 V
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface

Ordering example:

Accessories

BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BIW
General
data

Output
signal
1

0
7

Rising
and falling
(with A and G)
Rising
Falling
(with C and E)

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000, 4250, 4500 or
in 5 mm increments (depending on
interface) on request

Analog
interface

Connection type
S32
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15

Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m

33

Proﬁle P Series
Digital pulse interface

economical + synchronous

P Interface
Compatible with BTA/BTM processors as well as controllers and
modules from various manufacturers, including Siemens, B & R,
Phoenix Contact, Mitsubishi, Sigmatek, Esitron and WAGO. Reliable
signal transmission, even over cable lengths up to 500 m between
BTA and BTL, is assured by the noise-immune RS485 differential line
drivers and receivers. Noise signals are effectively suppressed.

M Interface
The I and M interfaces are control-specific interface variations.
Block diagram of P interface

Highly precise digitizing of the P pulse signal
Companies developing their own control and processing electronics
can create a highly accurate P interface cost effectively and with minimum effort using the Balluff digitizing chip. The digitizing chip was
developed as a high-resolution, configurable ASIC for Micropulse
transducers with P interface.

Digitizing chip 44QFP

Advantages:
– Position resolution 1 µm!
The 1 µm resolution of the Micropulse distance measurement
system is achieved by the high resolution of the digitizing chip
(133 pS). (Clock frequency 2 or 20 MHz)
– Position data from 4 magnets can be processed simultaneously
– 4/8-bit processor interface
5V

Osc.

Micropulse transducer with 1 to
4 magnets
4/8bit bus

INIT

CPU
controller
P pulse signal

Controller or
processing electronics

ASIC INFO:
+49 7158 173-370

34

Proﬁle P Series
Digital pulse interface

noise-immune up to 500 m

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Resolution
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin Color
Input/Output
Input
1
YE
signals
Output 2
GY
Input
3
PK
Output 5
GN
Operating voltage
6
BU
7
BN
8
WH

BTL5 profile P
Pulse P
Pulse P
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
processing-dependent
2 µm or ±1 digit depending on processing electronics
≤ 2 µm
≤ 4 µm
3 kHz...500 Hz depending on nominal stroke
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500...5000 mm nominal stroke
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 90 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-P1-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

BTL5 profile P
Pulse M
Pulse M
BTL5-M1-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
processing-dependent
2 µm or ±1 digit depending on processing electronics
≤ 2 µm
≤ 4 µm
3 kHz...500 Hz depending on nominal stroke
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500...5000 mm nominal stroke
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 90 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-M1-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

■ Please enter the code for the nominal
stroke in the ordering code!

PF

Preferred models interface P
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-P-S32
are available from stock in the nominal
lengths highlighted in blue.

General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers
and screws
– Short user's guide

Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data

Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors from page 148/149

Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface

Ordering example:

VARAN bus
interface

BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _

Accessories
BIW

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000, 4250, 4500, 5000,
5250, 5500 or in 5 mm increments
(depending on interface) on request
■ www.balluff.com

General
data

Connection type
S32
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15

Analog
interface

Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m

35

Proﬁle P Series
SSI interface

Standard SSI interface
Synchronous serial data transmission for controllers from various
manufacturers, including Siemens, Bosch-Rexroth, WAGO, B & R,
Esitron and PEP as well as for Balluff BDD-AM 10-1-SSD and
BDD-CC 08-1-SSD displays/controllers. Reliable signal transmission,
even with cable lengths of up to 400 m between controller and BTL
transducer is assured by noise-immune RS485/422 differential line
drivers and receivers. Any noise signals are effectively suppressed.

Processor
or
controller

Transducer
BTL5-S1...

BTL5-S1... with processor/controller, wiring example

Synchronized SSI interface BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
Micropulse transducers with synchronized SSI interface are suitable for dynamic control applications. The data acquisition in the
transducer is synchronized with the external clock of the controller,
permitting an optimum calculation of the velocity in the controller.
The prerequisite for this synchronous mode of transducer operation
is consistent clock signal timing.
The maximum sampling frequency fA, at which a new current
value is generated for each sample, can be derived from the following table:

Clock frequency depends on the cable length

Super-fast 2.5 kHz sampling rate

36

mm

120
475
750
1250

< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke

Cable length
< 25 m
< 50 m
< 100 m
< 200 m
< 400 m

mm

Hz

≤ 100
≤ 1000
≤ 1400
≤ 2600
≤ 4000

: 1500
: 1000
:
666
:
500
:
333

Clock frequency
< 1000 kHz
< 500 kHz
< 400 kHz
< 200 kHz
< 100 kHz

Proﬁle P Series
SSI interface

super linear and
synchronized

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Part number synchronization
System resolution depending on version (LSB)
Repeat accuracy
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and
1
YE
data signals
2
GY
3
PK
5
GN
Operating
6
BU
voltage (external)
7
BN
8
WH

BTL5 profile P
synchronous serial
S
synchronous serial (SSI)
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 40 or 100 µm
±5 µm
≤ 4 µm or ≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 2 kHz
±30 µm at ≤ 10 µm resolution or ≤ ±2 LSB at > 10 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 80 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
+Clk
+Data
–Clk
–Data
GND
+24 V DC
must remain unconnected

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

Clock sequence

Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface

■ Please enter the code for the coding, system
resolution and nominal stroke in the ordering code!
Preferred models interface S
BTL5-S112-M_ _ _ _-P-S32 are available from
stock in the nominal lengths highlighted in blue.

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers
and screws
– Short user's guide

Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data

Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors, page 148/149

Ordering example:

Magnets
ﬂoating

Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface

BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _

VARAN bus
interface
Accessories

Coding
0

1

6

7

Binary code
rising
(24 bit)
Gray code
rising
(24 bit)
Binary code
rising
(25 bit)
Gray code
rising
(25 bit)

■ www.balluff.com

System
resolution
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1 µm
5 µm
10 µm
20 µm
40 µm
100 µm
2 µm

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225,
0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400, 0450,
0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100,
1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250,
2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3550,
3750, 4000 or in 5 mm increments
(depending on interface) on request

Connection type
S32
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15

Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m

BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

Ordering code for SSI interface with synchronization to clock (dynamic control
applications) insert the letter B! BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _

37

Proﬁle P Series
CANopen® interface

User-friendly hardware
and software set-up

CANopen interface
Based on CAN (ISO/IEC 7498 and DIN ISO 11898), CANopen
provides a Layer-7 implementation for industrial CAN networks. The
serial data protocol of the CAN specification is defined according to the producer-consumer principle as opposed to most other
fieldbus protocols. This eliminates target addressing of the process
data. Each bus station decides for itself how the received data is
processed.
The CANopen interface of the Micropulse transducer is compatible
with CANopen conforming with CiA Standard DS301 Rev. 3.0, and
with CAL and Layer 2 CAN networks.
CAN-BUS features
– Line topology, star structure also possible via repeaters
– Low-cost wiring with two-wire cable
– Fast response times, high data integrity using CRC, hamming
distance of 6
– 1 MBit/s with cable lengths < 25 m
– Protocol limits number of stations to 127
– Using multiple magnets: A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be
maintained.
CANopen offers a high level of flexibility with respect to functionality
and data exchange. Using a standard data sheet in the form of an
EDS file it is easy to link the Micropulse transducers to any CANopen
system.
Process Data Object (PDO)
Micropulse transducers send their position information optionally in
one, two or four PDOs with 8 bytes of data each. The contents of
the PDOs are freely configurable. The following information can be
sent:
– Current magnet position with resolution in 5 µm increments
– Current velocity of the magnet with resolution selectable in
0.1mm/s increments
– Current status of the four freely programmable cams per magnet.

Synchronization Object (SYNC)
Serves as a net-wide trigger for synchronizing all network participants. When the SYNC object is received, all Micropulse transducers
connected to the bus store their current position and velocity information and then send it sequentially to the controller. This assures
time-synchronous acquisition of the measured values.
LED
Display of the CANopen status to DS303-3
FMM
The sensor can be operated as a 4-magnet type, whereby the sensor itself recognizes how many magnets are currently active.
So if only two magnets are positioned in the measuring range, a valid
value is output for the first two positions and a defined error value for
positions 3 and 4.
Emergency Object
This object is sent with the highest priority and is used for example
for error messages when the cam states change.
Service Data Object (SDO)
Service Data Objects transmit the configuration parameters to the
transducer. The transducer may be configured on the bus by the
controller or offline using a PC with a configuration tool which runs
under Windows. The configuration is stored in the non-volatile
memory of the transducer.

CiA 199911-301v30/11-009

Use of multiple magnets
A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be maintained.

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ -P-S94

Position of the DIP switch S1,
only on BTL-H1_ _ _ _-P-S94

Node ID can be set by DIP switch.

38

certified

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ -P-S92

Position +
Velocity

Proﬁle P Series
CANopen® interface

BTL5 profile P
CANopen
H
CANopen
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S92
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S94
DS301, DS406
±1 digit
5 µm increments configurable
0.1 mm/s increments configurable
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
any
20...28 V DC
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
< 25
< 50
< 100
< 250
1000
800
500
250

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
CANopen Version
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
Configurable
Velocity
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Cable length [m] per CiA DS301
Baud rate [kBaud] per CiA DS301
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and
1
WH
data signals
4
GY
5
GN
Operating
2
BN
voltage (external)
3
BU

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

< 500
125

< 1000
100

< 1250
50

< 2500
20/10

CAN_GND
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW
+24 V
0 V (GND)

CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

■ Please enter the code for the software
configuration, baud rate and nominal stroke
length in the ordering code.

PF

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers
and screws
– Short user's guide

Magnets
ﬂoating

General
data
Analog
interface

Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT

Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors, page 150/151

General
data

Using the CANopen interface and cable lengths up to 2500 m, the
signal is sent at a length-dependent baud rate to the controller. The
high noise immunity of the connection is achieved using differential
drivers and by the data monitoring scheme.

Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface

Ordering example:

VARAN bus
interface

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S92
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S94

Accessories
BIW
General
data

Software
configuration
1
2

1 × position and
1 × velocity
2 × position and
2 × velocity

■ www.balluff.com

Baud rate
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
800
500
250
125
100
50
20
10

MBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000 or in 5 mm
increments (depending on interface) on
request

Analog
interface

39

Proﬁle P Series
DeviceNet interface

DeviceNet
DeviceNet is a manufacturer-independent open fieldbus standard
used in automation technology for connecting programmable
logic controllers (PLCs) to intelligent devices such as sensors,
pushbuttons, I/O modules, basic user interfaces and drives via
a single cable. DeviceNet is an application protocol (OSI layer 7)
based on the Controller Area Network (CAN) principle. It offers
high reliability for demanding applications with a high number of
I/O modules.
The transmission speed is between 125 kBit/s and 500 kBit/s
depending on type and length of the cable.

Position Sensor Object
The DeviceNet interface of the Micropulse transducer is compatible
with the CIP Common Specification Object Library "Position Sensor
Object" of the ODVA.
The Micropulse transducers transmit their measurement values in an
entity of the Position Sensor Objects as a 32-bit value.

Master
DeviceNet is multi-master capable, i.e. several DeviceNet devices
can simultaneously request the current position. The data transfer is controlled by the priority of the message. Messages on the
DeviceNet carry an identifier.
The message that was sent can be received by all devices
simultaneously (broadcast). Message filtering is performed by
the device only for messages intended for it. The criterion for this
decision is
the identifier, with which each message is transmitted.

Synchronization
Measurement can be triggered by the master I/O bit Strobe
Command Message. On receiving this bit, the respective Micropulse
transducer saves its current position and velocity information and
sends it back to the controller.

EDS
DeviceNet offers parameterization of functionality and data
exchange. Using a standard data sheet in the form of an EDS
file it is easy to link the Micropulse transducers to any DeviceNet
system.

The following information can be sent:
– Current magnet position with resolution in 5 µm increments
– Current magnet velocity in increments of 0.1 nm/s
– Current status of the four freely programmable cams.

FMM
The sensor can be operated as a 1...4-magnet type, whereby the
sensor itself recognizes how many magnets are currently active.
So if only two magnets are positioned in the measuring range, a valid
value is output for the first two positions and a defined error value for
positions 3 and 4.

DeviceNet features:
– Linear topology
– Low-cost wiring with two-wire cable
– Fast response times
– High data security due to CRC checking
– Hamming distance of 6
– Potential-free data transmission (RS485)
– 125 Kb/s at cable length < 500 m
250 Kb/s at cable length < 250 m
500 Kb/s at cable length < 100 m
– Protocol limits number of stations to 64

Device address can
be set by DIP switch

Position of the DIP switch S1,

40

Use of multiple magnets
A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be maintained.

Proﬁle P Series
DeviceNet interface

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number plug version S103
Profibus version
Profibus interface
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
Velocity
Configurable
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Address assignment
Cable length [m]
Baud rate [Kbps]
Pin assignments
Control and data signals

Operating voltage and shielding

BTL5 profile P
DeviceNet
D
DeviceNet
BTL5-D1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S93
Encoder profile
potential-free
±1 digit
5 µm increments configurable
0.1 mm/s increments configurable
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
any
20...28 V DC
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
mechanical switches or DeviceNet
100 250 500
500 250 125
S93 5-pin
CAN GND
1
V+
2
V– (GND)
3
CAN HIGH
4
CAN LOW
5
+24 V
GND
Shield supply

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface

S93 3-pin

PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

1
3
4

PF
General
data
Analog
interface

■ Please enter the code for the software
configuration, baud rate and nominal stroke
length in the ordering code.

Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers
and screws
– Short user's guide

AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes

Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors, page 150/151

Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface

Ordering example:

Accessories

BTL5-D1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S93

BIW
General
data

Software
configuration
1

Magnet FMM

■ www.balluff.com

Baud rate
2
3
4

500 kBaud
250 kBaud
125 kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

Analog
interface

0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000 or in 5 mm increments
(depending on interface) on request
41

Proﬁle P Series
PROFIBUS-DP interface

As the market leading standard for serial data transmission for process automation, PROFIBUS-DP is the ideal choice for implementing
automation tasks with cycle times of > 5 ms.
Data transmission
A PROFIBUS telegram can contain up to 244 bytes of user data per
telegram and station. The BTL5-T uses max. 32 bytes (max. 4 position values and max. 4 velocity values) for process data transmission. Up to 126 active stations (Address 0...125) can be connected
on PROFIBUS-DP. User data cannot be sent with station address
126. This address is used as the default address for bus stations
that have to be parameterized by a Class 2 master (for setting the
device address if there are no mechanical switches available). Each
PROFIBUS station has the same priority. Prioritizing of individual stations is not intended, but can be done by the master since the bus
transmission only makes up a fraction of the process cycle anyway.
At a transfer rate of 12 Mbps, the transmission time for an average
data telegram is in the 100 µs range.
Master
There are two types of possible masters for PROFIBUS-DP. Master
Class 1 carries out the user data interchange with the connected
slaves. Master Class 2 is intended for startup and diagnostic purposes and may be used to briefly assume control of a slave.
GSD (Device Master Data)
The length of the data exchangeable with a slave is defined in the
Device Master Data file (GSD) and is checked by the slave with the
configuration telegram and confirmed for correctness.
In modular systems, various configurations are defined in the GSD
file. Depending on the desired functionality, one of these configurations can be selected by the user when the system is configured.
The BTL5-T is a modular device with the possibility of selecting the
number of magnets (position values).

User-friendly hardware
and software set-up

Slave
Once a PROFIBUS master has received the parameter set defined
for the slave, it is able to exchange data. The parameter set consists
of slave parameters and configuration data.
The parameter data contain the description of the slave settings
(e.g. resolution of a position value). The configuration data describe
the length and structure of the data telegram.
Process data
Under PROFIBUS-DP the default is for process data to be sent from
the master to slaves acyclically and for the slave data to then be
queried. To ensure synchronization of multiple devices, the master
may use the SYNC and FREEZE services.
DP/V1 and DP/V2 isochronous mode
Isochronous mode enables quick and deterministic
data exchange through the synchronicity of cycles on the bus system. A cyclic equidistant clock signal is sent by the master to all bus
devices. This signal allows master and slaves to be synchronized
irrespective of application – with an accuracy < 1 µs.
Cross traffic between slaves
Cross traffic permits two DP slaves to exchange data directly with
each other: the master ensures that the slave publishes its data on
the bus with a request for "Data-eXchange-Broadcast" (DXB-Request) and thus makes it available to other slaves. Since the process
data is available in the process periphery without being diverted
through the master application, cross-traffic permits very fast control
system responses.
Acyclic services
The DP functions for prioritized communication
allow the transfer of acyclic read and write functions between master
and slaves, independently of the cyclic user data traffic. The transfer
of acyclic data is performed at a lower priority in parallel to the high
speed cyclic data exchange – as if in the background. The background / foreground split means the ratio of cyclic to acyclic data
can be adjusted if required.
FMM
The sensor can be operated as a 4-magnet type, whereby the
sensor itself recognizes how many magnets are currently active. So
if only two magnets are positioned in the measuring range, a valid
value is output for the first two positions and a defined error value for
positions 3 and 4.

Device address can
be set by DIP switch

Use of multiple magnets
A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be maintained.
Position of the DIP switch S1,

42

4 × position
+ velocity

Proﬁle P Series
PROFIBUS-DP interface

BTL5 profile P
PROFIBUS-DP
T
PROFIBUS-DP
BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-P-S103
DPV1/DPV2 EN 50170, encoder profile
potential-free
±1 digit
5 µm increments configurable
0.1 mm/s increments configurable
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
any
20...28 V DC
≤ 120 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL504B2.GSD
mechanical switches and Master Class 2
< 100
< 200
< 400
12000
1500
900
S103 5-pin
Data GND
3
RxD/TxD-N (A)
2
RxD/TxD-P (B)
4
VP +5 V
1
+24 V
0 V (GND)
Ground PROFIBUS-DP
5
Shield supply

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number plug version S103
Profibus version
Profibus interface
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
configurable
Velocity
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
GSD file
Address assignment
Cable length [m]
Baud rate [Kbps]
Pin assignments
Control and data signals

Operating voltage and shielding

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

< 1000
187,5

< 1200
93,7/19,2/9,6
S103 3-pin

DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

1
3

PF

4

General
data
Analog
interface

■ Please enter the code for the software
configuration and nominal stroke length in the
ordering code!
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers
and screws
– Short user's guide

Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface

Please order separately:
Magnets from page 44
Connectors from page 153

VARAN bus
interface
Accessories

Ordering example:
BIW

BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-P-S103
Software
configuration
1

2

1 Magnet
1 Position
1 Velocity
2 Position
2 Velocity

■ www.balluff.com

General
data

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000 or in 5 mm
increments (depending on interface) on
request

Analog
interface

43

Non-contact!
Vertical offset
0.1...4 mm or 5...15 mm

Proﬁle P Series
Magnets floating

Balluff magnets are available in captive or floating design. Maximum
resolution and repeatability are achieved using transducers with captive magnets.
The BTL5-P-4500-1 is an electromagnet and requires an operating
voltage of 24V, which can be turned on and off for selective
activation. This allows multiplex operation with multiple magnets on a
single transducer, since only one magnet is active at a time.

Description
for series
Version
Part number
Housing material
Weight
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature/Storage temperature range
Included

Accessories
(please order separately)

Length

251
751
1251
1751
2251
2751

44

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
more than

250 mm
750 mm
1250 mm
1750 mm
2250 mm
2750 mm
3250 mm
3251 mm

Number of
mounting clamp pairs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Mounting clamps with isolation
washers and screws included
with transducer.
1 pair of replacement clamps
and screws, item no.: 110404

Proﬁle P Series
Magnets floating

Magnet
BTL5 profile P
free
BTL5-P-3800-2
Plastic
approx. 12 g
any

Magnet
BTL5 profile P
free
BTL5-P-5500-2
Plastic
approx. 40 g
any

–40...+85 °C
Magnet
2 fastening screws DIN 84 M4×35-A2 with
washers and nuts

–40...+85 °C
Magnet

Magnet
BTL5 profile P
free
BTL5-P-4500-1
Plastic
approx. 90 g
any
24 V DC
100 mA
–40...+60 °C
Magnet

General
data

Straight connector BKS-B 19-1-_ _
Right-angle connector BKS-B 20-1-_ _

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

20

9
14

Ø4.2

DeviceNet
interface

D

50 +4

38
28
C

P

PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

1

Magnets
captive,
control arm

50
68

PF
General
data

Lateral offset:
C = ±2 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 0.1...4 mm

Lateral offset:
C = ±15 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 5...15 mm

Lateral offset:
C = ±2 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 0.1...2 mm
■ Please indicate the cable length in the
ordering code!
03, 05, 10, 15
= PVC, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m or 15 m
PU-03, PU-05, PU-10, PU-15
= PUR, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m or 15 m

Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

■ www.balluff.com

45

Proﬁle P Series
Magnets captive

Description
for series
Version
Part number
Material

Housing
Sliding surface

Weight
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating temperature/Storage temperature range

Length

251
751
1251
1751
2251
2751

46

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
more than

250 mm
750 mm
1250 mm
1750 mm
2250 mm
2750 mm
3250 mm
3251 mm

Magnet
BTL5 profile P
captive
BTL5-M-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 32 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Number of
mounting clamp pairs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Magnet
BTL5 profile P
captive
BTL5-N-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 35 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Mounting clamps with isolation
washers and screws included with
transducer.
1 pair of replacement mounting
clamps and screws, item no.: 110404

Proﬁle P Series
Magnets captive, control arm

Magnet
BTL5 profile P
captive
BTL5-F-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 28 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Control arm
BTL5 profile P
captive
BTL2-GS10-_ _ _ _-A
Al
approx. 150 g/m

Description
for series
Version
Part number
Material
Weight

Nominal stroke

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
Adjustment range –5 mm

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface

■ Please the enter code for the
nominal stroke in the ordering code!

PROFIBUS-DP
interface

Ordering example:

Magnets
captive,
control arm

Magnets
ﬂoating

BTL2-GS10-_ _ _ _-A

PF

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

General
data

0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0200, 0250,
0350, 0400, 0450, 0500, 0600, 0800,
1000, 1500, 2000

Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT

Swivel eye
Material number 714619

General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW

When using captured
magnets with ball joint and
control arm, transverse
forces do not impinge on
the transducer system.

■ www.balluff.com

General
data
Analog
interface

47

Proﬁle Series PF
General data

The structural design, high degree of protection and simple installation of Balluff Micropulse transducers in a profiled housing makes
them an excellent alternative to linear transducers, e.g. potentiometers, glass rulers and LVDTs. The linear sensing element is protected
inside an extruded aluminum profile.
A passive magnet with no power supply marks the measuring point
along the waveguide without making contact. Measuring ranges
between 50 and 4572 mm are possible.
–
–
–
–
–
–

Non-contact detection of the actual position
IP 67, insensitive to contamination
Wear-free
Insensitive to shock and vibration
Absolute output signal
Max. resolution of 0.005 mm (depending on the processing
electronics)
– Direct signal processing or in conjunction with processors for
all control and regulating systems

48

Flat! 20 mm with free or
captive magnet

Proﬁle Series PF
General data

Series
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Housing attachment
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Surge voltage
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Magnetic fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BTL6 profile PF
50 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
Yes (up to 36 V)
to 36 V
500 VDC (GND to housing)
IP 67 (with BKS-S... IP 67 connector attached)
Anodized aluminum
Compression clamps
Connectors
P

EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A and B
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-5 Severity Level 2
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-8 Severity Level 4
0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400, 0450, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1250, 1300,
1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000, 4250, 4500, 4572

General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

Transducers with floating magnet and S115 connection with BKS-S115/BKS-S116 connector
for transducers with analog interface, page 50

Magnets
captive,
control arm

Nominal stroke

PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

Installation length

Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your interface from page 50)
– Short user's guide
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers and screws
Please order separately:
Magnets from page 52
Connectors, page 156
■ www.balluff.com

49

Proﬁle Series PF
Analog interface

Output and measuring range setting
The measuring range and the output signal can be adapted to the
relevant application requirements via programming inputs. In teach-in
mode with inversion or reset function.
Measuring range adjustment via programming inputs
La and Lb
1. Place magnet in new start position.

Adjustable measuring range

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage*
Output current*
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance (recommended)
System resolution
Sampling rate
max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Output signals

Adopting a new start position

Operating voltage

Pin
1
2
3
4
5
8
6
7

Color
YE
GY
PK
RD
GN
WH
BU
BN

2. Place magnet at new end position.

■ Please enter the code for the output signal and the
nominal stroke in the ordering code!
Preferred models interface A500 and E500
BTL6-A500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
BTL6-E500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
are available from stock in the nominal lengths highlighted in blue.
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Mounting clamps with isolation washers and screws
– Short user's guide

Adopting a new end position

Please order separately:
Magnets from page 52
Connectors, page 156

3. The new measuring range

Programmable
input La

LED for
diagnostics and
programming
assistance

Programmable
input Lb

50

Proﬁle Series PF
Analog interface

BTL6 profile PF
analog
A
analog
BTL6-A500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
0...10 V

BTL6 profile PF
analog
E
analog
BTL6-E500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115

BTL6 profile PF
analog
C
analog
BTL6-C500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115

4...20 mA

0.1...20 mA

max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV

BTL6 profile PF
analog
G
analog
BTL6-G500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
–10...10 V
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV

≤ 0.35 mV
fmax = 2 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.04 % 500... max. nominal stroke
30 ppm at 500 mm
10...30 V DC
≤ 150 mA
–25...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-A500...
0V
0 V Output

≤ 500 ohms (500 ohms)
≤ 0.7 µA
fmax = 2 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.04 % 500... max. nominal stroke
30 ppm at 500 mm
10...30 V DC
≤ 150 mA
–25...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-E500...
0V
0 V Output

≤ 500 ohms (500 ohms)
≤ 0.7 µA
fmax = 2 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.04 % 500... max. nominal stroke
30 ppm at 500 mm
10...30 V DC
≤ 150 mA
–25...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-C500...
0V
0 V Output

≤ 0.35 mV
fmax = 2 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.04 % 500... max. nominal stroke
30 ppm at 500 mm
10...30 V DC
≤ 150 mA
–25...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-G500...
0V
0 V Output

La (programming input)

La (programming input)

La (programming input)

La (programming input)

0.1...20 mA
Lb (programming input)
GND
10...30 V

–10...10 V
Lb (programming input)
GND
10...30 V

0...10 V

4...20 mA

Lb (programming input)

Lb (programming input)

GND
10...30 V

GND
10...30 V

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT

*

Output signal can be inverted via programming inputs.

General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface

Ordering example:

Accessories

BTL6-_500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
BIW

Output signal
A
E
C
G

0...10 V
4...20 mA
0.1...20 mA
–10...10 V

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

General
data
Analog
interface

0050, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0300, 0350, 0360, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1750, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500,
3550, 3750, 4000, 4250, 4572

51

Non-contact!
Vertical offset
0.1...4 mm or 5...15 mm

Proﬁle Series PF
Magnets floating

Balluff magnets are available in captive or floating designs. Maximum
resolution and repeatability are achieved using transducers with captive magnets.
The BTL5-P-4500-1 is an electromagnet and requires an operating
voltage of 24V, which can be turned on and off for selective
activation. This allows multiplex operation with multiple magnets on a
single transducer, since only one magnet is active at a time.

Description
for series
Version
Part number
Housing material
Weight
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature/Storage temperature range
Included

Accessories
(please order separately)

Length

251
751
1251
1751
2251
2751
3251
3751

52

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
more than

250 mm
750 mm
1250 mm
1750 mm
2250 mm
2750 mm
3250 mm
3750 mm
4250 mm
4251 mm

Number of
mounting clamp pairs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Mounting clamps with isolation
washers and screws included with
transducer.
BTL6-A-MF07-A-PF/M5 1 pair of
replacement mounting clamps and
screws, item no.: 180961

Proﬁle Series PF
Magnets floating

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
floating
BTL5-P-3800-2
Plastic
approx. 12 g
any

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
floating
BTL5-P-5500-2
Plastic
approx. 40 g
any

–40...+85 °C
Magnet
2 fastening screws DIN 84 M4×35-A2 with
washers and nuts

–40...+85 °C
Magnet

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
floating
BTL5-P-4500-1
Plastic
approx. 90 g
any
24 V DC
100 mA
–40...+60 °C
Magnet

P
General
data

Straight connector BKS-B 19-1-_ _
Right-angle connector BKS-B 20-1-_ _

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF

Lateral offset:
C = ±2 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 0.1...4 mm

Lateral offset:
C = ±15 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 5...15 mm

Lateral offset:
C = ±2 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 0.1...2 mm

■ Please indicate the cable length in the
ordering code!
03, 05, 10, 15
= PVC, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m or 15 m
PU-03, PU-05, PU-10, PU-15
= PUR, 3 m, 5 m, 10 m or 15 m

General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

■ www.balluff.com

53

Proﬁle Series PF
Magnets captive

Description
for series
Version
Part number
Material

Housing
Sliding surface

Weight
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating temperature/Storage temperature range

Length

251
751
1251
1751
2251
2751
3251
3751

54

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
more than

250 mm
750 mm
1250 mm
1750 mm
2250 mm
2750 mm
3250 mm
3750 mm
4250 mm
4251 mm

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
captive
BTL5-M-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 32 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Number of
mounting clamp pairs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
captive
BTL5-N-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 35 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Mounting clamps with isolation
washers and screws included with
transducer.
BTL6-A-MF07-A-PF/M5 1 pair of
replacement mounting clamps and
screws, item no.: 180961

Proﬁle Series PF
Magnets captive, control arm

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
captive
BTL5-F-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 28 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Magnet
BTL6 profile PF
captive
BTL5-T-2814-1S
Anodized aluminum
Plastic
approx. 28 g
any
–40...+85 °C

Control arm
BTL6 profile PF
captive
BTL2-GS10-_ _ _ _-A
Al
approx. 150 g/mg

Nominal stroke

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

Adjustment range –5 mm

CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface

■ Please enter the code for the
nominal stroke in the ordering code!

PROFIBUS-DP
interface

Ordering example:

Magnets
captive,
control arm

BTL2-GS10-_ _ _ _-A
Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0200, 0250, 0350, 0400,
0450, 0500, 0600, 0800,
1000, 1500, 2000

Magnets
ﬂoating

PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes

Swivel eye
Material number 714619

Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW

When using captured magnets with
ball joint and control arm, transverse
forces do not impinge on the transducer
system.

■ www.balluff.com

General
data
Analog
interface

55

Proﬁle Series AT
General data

Easy and ﬂexible installation

Micropulse transducers – a non-contact alternative
to contacting feedback devices
The structural design, high degree of protection and simple installation of non-contact Balluff Micropulse AT transducers in a profiled
housing makes them an excellent alternative to contacting potentiometers. The linear sensing element is protected inside an extruded
aluminum profile.
A passive magnet with no power supply marks the measuring point
along the waveguide without making contact. Measuring ranges
between 50 and 1500 mm are possible.
–
–
–
–
–
–

Non-contact detection of the actual position
IP 67, insensitive to contamination
Wear-free
Insensitive to shock and vibration
Absolute output signal
Direct signal processing or in conjunction with processors for all
control and regulating systems

This product is certified
in accordance with File
No. E227256

From optional to standard
Micropulse transducers have long been standard in the plastics machinery industry on high-precision machines and offered on standard
machines as a non-contact option to potentiometric systems. The
only thing that has stood in the way of more widespread use has
been the comparatively high price.
The Micropulse AT has been designed in cooperation with development engineers from the plastics machinery industry and represents
a system that is competitively priced and meets all the technical
demands of the industry.
With the Micropulse AT position feedback system, now even
standard machines can feature the benefit of minimum downtime
provided by non-contact transducer systems.

56

Proﬁle Series AT
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Housing attachment
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Line-induced disturbances,
induced by high-frequency fields

BTL6 Profile A1
BTL6-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL6-A301-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
50 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
yes
IP 67 (with BKS-S... IP 67 connector attached)
Anodized aluminum
Mounting clamps
Connector M12, 8-pin standard

P
General
data

EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A+B
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-8 Severity Level 4

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

Transducers with floating magnet and S115 connection with BKS-S115/BKS-S116 connector
for transducers with analog interface, digital pulse interface and VARAN bus interface from page 58
Nominal stroke

DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

Installation length

Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
Mounting cuff,
page 66

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your
interface from page 58)
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets, page 67
Mounting clamps/cuff, page 66
Connectors, page 156

■ www.balluff.com

Magnets,
page 67

General
data
Analog
interface

Mounting clamps
page 66

57

Proﬁle Series AT
Analog interface

The non-contact potentiometer

The analog outputs of the standard series BTL6-A110 are potential
non-isolated.
BTL6 transducers exist in the variants 0...10 V and –10...10 V with
rising and falling characteristics. The version –10...10 V generally has
potential isolated output signals.

Potentiometer connections, block diagram

Micropulse transducer connections, block diagram

58

Proﬁle Series AT
Analog interface

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage
Load current
max. ripple
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Repeatability
Sampling rate
Non-linearity

Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Output signals

Pin
1
2
3
5
6
7

Operating voltage

BTL6 Profile A1
analog
A
analog
BTL6-A110-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
0...10 V and 10...0 V
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV
≤ 10 µm
≤ 10 µm
≤ 20 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
≤ ±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 %, max. ±0.04 %
500...1500 mm nominal stroke
20...28 V DC
≤ 70 mA
yes
0...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-A110.../A310
0 V Output
0 V Output
10...0 V
0...10 V
GND
+24 V DC

BTL6 Profile A1
analog
G
analog
BTL5-G310-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
–10...10 V and 10...–10 V
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV
≤ 10 µm
≤ 10 µm
≤ 20 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
≤ ±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 %, max. ±0.04 %
500...1500 mm nominal stroke
20...28 V DC
≤ 70 mA
yes
0...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-G310...
0 V Output
0 V Output
–10...10 V
10...–10 V
GND
+24 V DC

Connect shield to housing,
pins 4 and 8 must remain unconnected.

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data

■ Please enter the code for the output signal and
the nominal stroke length in the ordering code.

Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating

Preferred models
BTL6-A110-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115 are available
from stock in the nominal lengths highlighted
in blue.

Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

General
data
Analog
interface

Please order separately:
Magnets, page 67
Mounting clamps/cuff, page 66
Connectors, page 156

Modes

Ordering example:

Accessories

BTL6-_ _ 10-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115

BIW

Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface

General
data

Output signal
A
G

0...10 V
10...0 V
–10...10 V
10...–10 V

Output signal
1 potential
non-isolated*
3 potential
unconnected

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

Analog
interface

0100, 0130, 0150, 0160, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0360, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475,
0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100,
1200, 1250, 1300, 1400, 1500,
in 25 mm increments on request

*only for BTL6-A110-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
■ www.balluff.com

59

Proﬁle Series AT
Modes

BTL6-A301-... 2 in 1
Two moving members on a machine often travel in the same direction. Each axis normally requires a separate feedback sensor.
With the Micropulse AT you can now sense both movements at the
same time using just one transducer with 2 analog outputs.
The position of the respective null and end points can be set
individually using 2 programming inputs.
The two measuring ranges may be adjacent, may overlap, and can
be programmed for a rising or falling output signal. The transducer
can be operated using one or two magnets. If one magnet
leaves the measuring range or if only one is present, the position is
indicated on Output 1. Output 2 then indicates an error value.

Teach-in
Used for changing the factory
set null and end point to a new
null and end point. First the magnet must be brought to the new
null point and then to the new
end position, and the respective
values stored by pressing the
button.

Inputs
inactive

Inputs
active

Magnet 1

Null
point

Magnet 2

Null
point

End
point

End
point

Example: Programming steps
for setting the measuring range

min 65 mm

Mode selection
The standard function is the
separate measurement of two
positions. The programming
inputs are used to switch the
mode.

The separation between two
magnets should not generally be
less than 65 mm.

Mode 1: Single measurement of 2 positions
(single measurement default setting 100 %/50 %)

Basic default setting

Programming example:
Output 1: 25 % nominal stroke, signal rising
Output 2: 50 % nominal stroke, signal rising

Mode 2: Differential measurement between 2 magnets

Minimum magnet
separation 65 mm

Mode 3: Single measurement
(both magnets 0...100 %)

Minimum magnet
separation 65 mm

Default setting: Differential measurement
Programming example: Differential
Output 1: Standard travel signal (not shown)
travel 50 % nominal stroke = 10 V differential signal
Output 2: differential signal 100 % nominal stroke = 10 V
Programming example:
Differential travel 50 % nominal stroke = 5 V differential
signal

60

Programming example:
Output 1: 50 % nominal stroke, signal rising
Output 2: 37.5 % nominal stroke, signal falling

Proﬁle Series AT
Analog interface

"2 in 1" –
100% stroke adjustment

Features of Micropulse
BTL6-A
– 100 % adjustment
of analog signal
– Error signal, no magnet within
measuring range, transducer
in calibration mode
– LED indicator for
programming assistance
– Separate teach-in for
all zero and span points
– Freely selectable single
position or differential
measurement

Measure two motions with
one system
– One transducer senses two
motions at the same time
– Significant cost reduction, half
the installation costs
– Two 0...10 V analog outputs

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output
Output voltage
Load current
max. ripple
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Repeatability
Sampling rate
Non-linearity

Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin
Output signals
1
2
3
4
5
Operating voltage
6
7

Color*
YE
GY
PK
RD
GN
BU
BN

BTL6 Profile A1
analog
A
analog
BTL6-A301-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
potential-free
0...10 V programmable
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV
≤ 10 µm
≤ 10 µm
≤ 20 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz (< 850 mm)
≤ ±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 %, max. ±0.04 %
500...1500 mm nominal stroke
18...30 V DC
≤ 100 mA
yes
0...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-A301...
Programming input La
0 V Output
0...10 V, output 2, programmable
Programming input Lb
0...10 V, output 1, programmable
GND
+24 V DC

Connect shield to housing, pin 8 (WH) must
remain unconnected.
*Connector with
cable BKS-S115/BKS-S116

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes

■ Please the enter code for
the nominal stroke in the ordering code!

Digital
pulse
interface

Ordering example:

VARAN bus
interface

BTL6-A301-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115

Accessories

Preferred models interface A301
BTL6-A301-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115

are available from stock in the nominal
lengths highlighted in blue.
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets, page 67
Mounting clamps/cuff, page 66

■ www.balluff.com

Output signal
potential isolated
2 analog outputs
Single or differential
measurement, rising,
falling, zero and end
point programmable

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0160, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0360, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100, 1200,
1250, 1300, 1400, 1500, in
25 mm increments on request.

BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

Standard nominal stroke (mm) 0050, 0100, 0130,
0150 for single magnet only

61

Proﬁle Series AT
Digital pulse interface

P110 interface
Compatible with BTA processors as well as controllers and modules
from various manufacturers including Siemens, B & R, Phoenix Contact, Mitsubishi, Sigmatek, Esitron and WAGO.
Reliable signal transmission, even over cable lengths up to 500 m
between BTA and transducer is assured by the noise-immune
RS485 differential line drivers and receivers. Noise signals are effectively suppressed.

P111 interface – Cost savings using DPI/IP for
start-up and installation
DPI/IP is a protocol for direct data interchange between a controller
and transducer. The signal lines are used to send additional information such as manufacturer, stroke length and waveguide gradient.
This allows start-up or replacement of a transducer without having
to make manual changes to the controller parameters. The first to
integrate these functions were the controllers from Sigmatek.

P110 replaces P1 and M1
Based on differing philosophies, two controller-specific interfaces
have been established for the digital pulse versions. The difference
lies in how the edges are processed. The falling edges are processed in the "P interface" and the rising edges in the "M interface".
To reduce the number of different models to a minimum, the "P110
interface" was created as a universal pulse interface which combines
both functions. The reference point for the propagation time measurement is the "start pulse".

Features:
– Bi-directional communication
– Transducer controlled using Init and Start/Stop signals
– Integrated diagnostic functions
– Plug and Play
– Automatic parameterization reduces downtimes
– Sending of sensor model, stroke length, specific parameters
– Measurement length up to 3250 mm

Block diagram of P interface

Extremely precise digitizing chip for P110 pulse interface
Companies developing their own control and processing electronics
can create a highly accurate P interface cost effectively and
with minimum effort using the Balluff digitizing chip. The digitizing
chip was developed as a high-resolution, configurable ASIC for
Micropulse transducers with P interface.

5V

Advantages:
– High resolution: the actual 1 µm of the BTL is fully supported
by the 133 ps resolution of the chip (at low clock frequency 2 or
20 MHz)
– Position data from 4 magnets can be processed simultaneously
– 4/8-bit processor interface

Osc.

Micropulse transducer with 1 to
4 magnets

Digitizing chip 44QFP
4/8bit bus

INIT

CPU
controller

P pulse signal

Controller or
processing electronics

62

ASIC INFO:
+49 7158 173-370

Plug and Play –
self-conﬁguring

Proﬁle Series AT
Digital pulse interface

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Repeatability
Resolution
Non-linearity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Input/Output
Input
signals
Output
Input
Output
Operating voltage

Pin
1
2
3
5
6
7

BTL6 Profile A1
Pulse P11_
Pulse P11_
BTL6-P11_-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
processing-dependent
≤ 10 µm
≤ 20 µm
≤ 10 µm
≤ ±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 %, max. ±0.04 % 500...1500 mm nominal stroke
20...28 V DC
≤ 60 mA (at 1kHz)
0...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-P11_-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
+24 V DC

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface

Connect shield to housing,
pins 4 and 8 must remain unconnected.

PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
P1

P110

M1

PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface

■ Please enter code for the data protocol
and nominal stroke length in the ordering code.
Preferred models interface P11_
BTL6-P11_-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115 are available
from stock in the nominal lengths highlighted
in blue.

Ordering example:

Modes

BTL6-P11_-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115

Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface

Data protocol

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

Accessories
BIW

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

0

1
Please order separately:
Magnets, page 67
Mounting clamps/cuff, page 66
Connectors, page 156

without
DPI/IP*
(standard)
with DPI/IP

0050, 0075, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0160,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0300, 0350,
0360, 0400, 0450, 0500, 0550, 0600,
0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1250, 1300,
1400, 1500, 1700, 2000, 2100, 2500,
2800, 3000, 3250, in 25 mm
increments on request

General
data
Analog
interface

*the version without DPI/IP is only available up to a nominal stroke of 1500

■ www.balluff.com

63

Proﬁle Series AT
VARAN bus interface

Realtime Ethernet, reliable and economical

VARAN Ethernet technology and non-contact Micropulse distance
measurement technology from Balluff form an outstanding team.
Micropulse AT VARAN linear displacement systems detect the movements of highly dynamic axes in complex applications.
The realtime Ethernet system is extremely economical, easy to
implement and simple to program. Widely available on the market,
VARAN networks are used in combination with Sigmatek controllers,
for example.
VARAN is fully integrated in hardware and designed according to
IEEE 802.3 for standard Ethernet physics.
The simple design guarantees extremely rapid cycle times while
achieving maximum data security and reducing implementation
costs.
Micropulse AT V11V features:
– Robust non-contact IP 67 sensor –
reliable and wear-free
– Simple hardware structure – low system costs
– M12, 8-pin plug connection –
simple economical cabling
VARAN features:
– Hard realtime data transfer – cycle times < 100µs
– High reliability – repeat in bus cycle
– Cost-conscious hardware design – low overall system costs
– Open standard – no restrictive dependences
– Easy implementation – cost-effective

I/O systems C-DIAS

Splitter

Topology example
with VARAN bus

Splitter

IP 67
I/O systems P-DIAS

Splitter
Robots
Splitter
Tempering/
Dosing

Hydraulic components

BTL profile AT

MICROPULSE

64

®

Proﬁle Series AT
VARAN bus interface

Color

BTL6 -V11V
VARAN (Ethernet)
V11V
VARAN
BTL6-V11V-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
≤ 15 µm
≤ 30 µm
≤ 30 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz (< 850 mm)
≤ ±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.04 %
500...1500 mm nominal stroke
18...30 V DC
≤ 75 mA
yes
0...+70 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-V11V-...

OG/WH
OG

Tx+
Tx-

GN/WH
BU
BN
GN

Rx+
GND
+24 V DC
Rx-

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Repeatability
Sampling rate
Non-linearity

Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin
Output signals
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data

■ Please enter code for the
nominal stroke in the ordering code!

Analog
interface

Ordering example:

Modes
Digital
pulse
interface

BTL6-V11V-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

VARAN bus
interface
Accessories

Please order separately:
Magnets, page 67
Mounting clamps/cuff, page 66

0160, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0360, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100, 1200,
1250, 1300, 1400, 1500, in
25 mm increments on request.

BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

Standard nominal stroke (mm) 0050, 0100,
0130, 0150 for single magnet only

■ www.balluff.com

65

Proﬁle Series AT
Accessories

The BTL6-A-3800-2 magnet can be operated at a distance of
4...8 mm from the top surface of the profile housing.
In conjunction with mounting clamp BTL6-A-MF01-A-50 and mounting cuff BTL6-A-MF03-K-50, the mechanical installation is compatible with series BTL5-...-P-S32 with magnet BTL5-P-3800-2 or
BTL5-P-5500-2.
As a result, large measurement lengths or transducers with a bus
connection, for example, can be implemented optionally without
requiring mechanical modifications.

Mounting clamps/cuff

Mounting clamp
Ordering code: BTL6-A-MF01-A-50
Includes: 1 clamp

When extreme shock and
vibration loads are present, we
recommend spacing mounting
clamps every 250 mm.

Mounting clamp
Ordering code: BTL6-A-MF01-A-43
Includes: 1 clamp

Length

251
751
1251
1751
2251
2751

to
to
to
to
to
to
to
more than

250 mm
750 mm
1250 mm
1750 mm
2250 mm
2750 mm
3250 mm
3251 mm

Mounting cuff
Ordering code: BTL6-A-MF03-K-50
Includes: 1 cuff

Number of
mounting clamp pairs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Connector accessories, page 156

Custom mounting options

66

Proﬁle Series AT
Accessories

Description
for series
Part number
Housing material
Weight
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating temperature/Storage temperature range
Included

Magnet
BTL6 Profile A1
BTL6-A-3800-2
Plastic
ca. 30 g
any
–40...+85 °C
Magnet

Magnet
BTL6 Profile A1
BTL6-A-3801-2
Plastic
ca. 25 g
any
–40...+85 °C
Magnet

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
Lateral offset: C = ±5 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 4...8 mm

Lateral offset: C = ±5 mm
Vertical distance of magnet:
D = 4...8 mm

DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

■ www.balluff.com

67

Proﬁle Series BIW1
General data

Sampling rate 32 kHz

The inductive BIW transducer is based on a new, patented
operating principle that detects the actual position without
making contact.
The BIW transducer contains an excitation/receiving sensor element
and an oscillator, protected inside an extruded aluminum housing.
The oscillator is attached to a rod which is secured on the moving
member of the machine whose position needs to be determined.
A momentary excitation pulse is applied to the rectangular excitation
coil at a sampling rate of 32 KHz. The excitation pulse causes passive oscillations in the resonator. These are inductively coupled to a
triangular receiving coil. The position is immediately available on the
output and is absolute (not incremental).
The slope of the output signal (rising or falling) can be determined
through the use of pins 1 and 4 on the connector.

Passive oscillator

Rectangular
excitation coil

Position 1

Triangular
receiver coil
Position 2
Push rod

Position 3

Function of inductive Micropulse BIW technology:
– Short exciter pulses excite the rectangular excitation coil
– The exciter pulses activate the passive oscillator on the magnet
via the excitation coil
– The oscillator on the magnet transmits the frequency inductively to
the triangular receiver coil without making contact
– The amplitude level varies according to the position of the magnet
oscillator. Comparable to the amplitude level, the electronics
integrated in the Micropulse BIW issue a standard analog, voltage
or current signal

30 µS

Excitation pulse

Received
oscillations

Variable

+10 V +10 V

Output signal

0 V or 5 V

–10 V 0 V
Position 1

68

Position 2

Position 3

Proﬁle Series BIW1
General data

Series
Shock load
Vibration
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Mounting
Connection type
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BIW1
100 g/2 ms
12 g, 10...2000 Hz
500 V (GND to housing)
IP 54
Anodized aluminum
Mounting clamps
Connector M12, 8-pin standard
0075, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175, 0225, 0260, 0300, 0360, 0375, 0400, 0450, 0500, 0600,
0650, 0750
P
General
data
Analog
interface

Transducers with floating magnet and S115 connection with BKS-S115/BKS-S116 connector
for transducers with analog interface, from page 70

Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm

Housing length
Mechanical null point
Electrical null point
Electrical stroke = mechanical stroke
Recommend clamp distance
Nominal stroke ≤ 300 mm
Nominal stroke 300 mm to ≤ 600 mm
Nominal stroke 600 mm

A = nominal stroke + 100 mm
B0 = 0 + 2 mm
B0 + 5 mm
B = nominal stroke + 10 mm
C = nominal stroke – 20 mm
C = nominal stroke – 15 mm
C = nominal stroke – 10 mm

Calculation example:
BIW1-...-M0100-P1-S115
Nominal stroke 100
A = 200
B = 110
C = 80

AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes
Digital
pulse
interface
VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW
General
data
Analog
interface

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
– 2 mounting clamps
BIW-A-MF01-M-43
Please order separately:
Connectors, page 156
■ www.balluff.com

69

Proﬁle Series BIW1
Analog interface

Features:
BIW transducers are characterized by:
– High resolution and repeatability
– Resistance to shock, vibration and noise fields
– An absolute rising or falling analog output signal
– A captive sensor element
– 32 kHz sampling rate
– Potential-free
– Non-contact measuring principle

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage*UA
Output current* IA
Max. current load per output
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Operating voltage
No-load current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments

Shock load
Vibration
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Mounting
Connection type
Housing length A
Mechanical stroke B

70

Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Proﬁle Series BIW1
Analog interface

BIW1
analog
A
analog
BIW1-A310...
0...10 V

BIW1
analog
E
analog
BIW1-E310...

BIW1
analog
C
analog
BIW1-C310...

BIW1
analog
G
analog
BIW1-G310...
–10...10 V

4...20 mA

0...20 mA

6 mA
5 µm
10 µm
typ. 32 kHz
≤ 0.02 %
18...30 V DC
≤ 80 mA
–20...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C

5 µm
10 µm
typ. 32 kHz
≤ 0.02 %
18...30 V DC
≤ 80 mA
–20...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C

5 µm
10 µm
typ. 32 kHz
≤ 0.02 %
18...30 V DC
≤ 80 mA
–20...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C

6 mA
5 µm
10 µm
typ. 32 kHz
≤ 0.02 %
18...30 V DC
≤ 80 mA
–20...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C

Slope selector
0 V Output
reserved
Slope selector
0...10 V
GND
+24 V DC
reserved
100g/2 ms
12 g, 10...2000 Hz
500 V (GND to housing)
IP 54
Anodized aluminum
Mounting clamps
Connector M12, 8-pin standard
Nominal stroke + 100 mm
Nominal stroke + 10 mm

Slope selector
0 V Output
reserved
Slope selector
4...20 mA
GND
+24 V DC
reserved
100g/2 ms
12 g, 10...2000 Hz
500 V (GND to housing)
IP 54
Anodized aluminum
Mounting clamps
Connector M12, 8-pin standard
Nominal stroke + 100 mm
Nominal stroke + 10 mm

Slope selector
0 V Output
reserved
Slope selector
0...20 mA
GND
+24 V DC
reserved
100g/2 ms
12 g, 10...2000 Hz
500 V (GND to housing)
IP 54
Anodized aluminum
Mounting clamps
Connector M12, 8-pin standard
Nominal stroke + 100 mm
Nominal stroke + 10 mm

Slope selector
0 V Output
reserved
Slope selector
–10...10 V
GND
+24 V DC
reserved
100g/2 ms
12 g, 10...2000 Hz
500 V (GND to housing)
IP 54
Anodized aluminum
Mounting clamps
Connector M12, 8-pin standard
Nominal stroke + 100 mm
Nominal stroke + 10 mm

P
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
DeviceNet
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
PF
General
data
Analog
interface
Magnets
ﬂoating
Magnets
captive,
control arm
AT
General
data
Analog
interface
Modes

*

Digital
pulse
interface

Output signal can be inverted via programming inputs.

VARAN bus
interface
Accessories
BIW

■ Please enter the code for the output signal and
nominal stroke length in the ordering code.

General
data

Ordering example:

Analog
interface

BIW1-_ 310-M_ _ _ _-P1-S115
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
– 2 mounting clamps BIW-A-MF01-M-43
Please order separately:
Connectors, page 156

■ www.balluff.com

Output
signal
A
G
E
C

0...+10 V
–10...+10 V
4...20 mA
0...20 mA

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0075, 0100, 0130, 0150, 0175,
0225, 0260, 0300, 0360, 0375,
0400, 0450, 0500, 0600, 0650,
0750

71

72

Rod Series
Contents

BTL7

B

BTL5

B

BTL7
General data
Analog interface
A
Programming

74
76
80

BTL5
B
General data
G
Digital pulse interface
D
SSI interface
S
CANopen interface
C
PROFIBUS-DP interface
P
4 programmable switching points
Floats
F
Magnets
Installation notes

82
84
86
88
92
94
96
97
98

Rod housings are mainly used in hydraulic drive applications. When
installed in the pressure section of the hydraulic cylinder, the distance
sensor requires the same pressure rating as the actual hydraulic
cylinder. In practice, the sensor must be able
to withstand pressures up to 1000 bar. The electronics are integrated in an aluminum or stainless steel housing and the waveguide
in a pressure-resistant tube made from nonmagnetic stainless steel
that is sealed off at the face end with a welded plug. An O-ring seal
in the flange at the opposite end seals off the high-pressure section.
An magnet ring with magnets slides over the tube or rod with internal
waveguide to mark the position prior to detection.

■ www.balluff.com

73

BTL7 Rod Series
General data

Pressure rated to 600 bar,
High repeatability,
Non-contacting, rugged
The BTL Micropulse transducer
is a robust position feedback
system for measuring ranges
between 25 and 7620 mm as
well as use under extreme ambient conditions.
The actual waveguide is protected inside a high-pressure
resistant stainless steel tube.
The system is ideal for use in
hydraulic cylinders for position
feedback or as a level monitor
with aggressive media in the
food and chemical industries.

Shock and vibration resistant

Series
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Mounting
Pressure rating with 10.2 mm outer tube
Pressure rating with 8 mm outer tube
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Surge voltage
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Magnetic fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]
with 8 mm outer tube is the
max. nominal stroke 1016 mm

BTL7 rod
150 g/6 ms as per IEC 60068-2-27
20 g, 10...2000 Hz as per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V AC (GND to housing)
IP 68 with cable outlet, IP 67 with BKS-S... connector attached
Anodized aluminum/1.4571 stainless steel outer tube, 1.3952 stainless steel cast flange
Housing B thread M18×1.5, housing Z 3/4"-16UNF
600 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
250 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
Connector or integral cable
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A and B
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-5 Severity Level 2
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-8 Severity Level 4
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250,
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250,
4500, 4750, 5000, 5250, 5500, 5750, 6000, 6250, 6500, 6750,
7000, 7250, 7500, 7600, 7620 or in 5 mm increments (depending
on interface) on request

Please order separately:
USB communication box, page 81
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/156

Caution!
Prior to design, installation and startup, please read the
instructions in the user guide! www.balluff.com

74

BTL7 Rod Series
General data

Housing B
BTL7_ _ _ _ -B-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Metric
mounting thread M18×1.5

ard
tand

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

ing

hous

B=S

Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread M18x1.5

Mounting surface

Housing Z
BTL7_ _ _ _ -Z-_ _ _ _

Nominal stroke = measuring range

3/4" UNF mounting thread

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

BTL7

Magnet

General
data
Analog
interface
Thread
M4×4/6 deep

Thread 3/4"-16UNF

BTL5
General
data

Mounting surface

Housing B8
BTL7_ _ _ _ -B8-_ _ _ _

Programming

Digital
pulse
interface
Nominal stroke = measuring range

SSI
interface

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

CANopen
interface

Metric mounting thread
M18×1.5
8 mm outer tube
max. 1016 mm nominal stroke

PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread M18x1.5

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets

Mounting surface

Installation
notes

Housing Z8
BTL7_ _ _ _ -Z8-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

3/4" UNF mounting thread
8 mm outer tube
max. 1016 mm nominal stroke
Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread 3/4"-16UNF

Mounting surface

Housing A
BTL7-_ _ _ _-A-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Metric mounting thread
M18×1.5
Flange without
0.5/Ø 25 mm mounting surface

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread M18x1.5

Mounting surface

■ www.balluff.com

75

BTL7 Rod Series
Analog interface

Features of Micropulse BTL7-A/C/E/G...B
– Status LEDs for indicating operating status and diagnostics
– Extended application range with high degree
of protection IP 68 (cable version)
– Electronics head can be replaced if needed
– Short housing, saves space
– Error signal, no magnet within measuring range

Flexible measuring range
The start and end point of the measuring range can be adapted
to the application. The points are set directly on the unit using the
calibration device included or remotely, see page 80.

Compatible with BTL5

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage
Output current
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance
System resolution
Hysteresis
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate, length-dependent
Max. non-linearity

Temperature coefficient
Operating voltage
Current consumption at 24 V DC
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature

■ Please enter the code for the output signal,
nominal stroke, housing and connection type
in the ordering code.
Preferred models
A110 and E100 interfaces
BTL7-A110-M_ _ _ _-B-S32,
BTL7-E100-M_ _ _ _-B-S32
are available from stock in the nominal
lengths highlighted in blue.
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Calibration device
– Short user's guide

Caution!
Prior to design, installation and startup,
please read the instructions in the user
guide! www.balluff.com

76

Please order separately:
USB communication box, page 81
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/156

BTL7 Rod Series
Analog interface

BTL7 rod
analog
A
analog
BTL7-A110-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
0...10 V and 10...0 V

BTL7 rod
analog
G
analog
BTL7-G110-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
–10...10 V and 10...–10 V

max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mVss

max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mVss

≤ 0.33 mV
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
max. 4 kHz
±50 µm to ≤ 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.01 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
≤ 30 ppm/K
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
yes
500 V AC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C

≤ 0.33 mV
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
max. 4 kHz
±50 µm to ≤ 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.01 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
≤ 30 ppm/K
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
yes
500 V AC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C

BTL7 rod
analog
E
analog
BTL5-E1_0-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

BTL7 rod
analog
C
analog
BTL7-C1_0-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

4...20 mA or 20...4 mA

0...20 mA or 20...0 mA

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.66 µA
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
max. 4 kHz
±50 µm to ≤ 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.01 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
≤ 30 ppm/K
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
yes
500 V AC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.66 µA
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
max. 4 kHz
±50 µm to ≤ 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.01 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
≤ 30 ppm/K
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
yes
500 V AC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

Ordering example:
BTL7-_1_0-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

Output
signal
A
G
E
C

Output
signal
1

0
7

■ www.balluff.com

Rising and
falling (with
A and G)
Rising (with
C and E)
Falling (with
C and E)

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000, 4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250,
5500, 5750, 6000, 6250, 6500, 6750,
7000, 7250, 7500, 7600, 7620 or in 5
mm increments (depending on interface)
on request

Housing
B = Standard
M 18×1.5
Other housings on
page 75

Connection type
S32
S115
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15

Connector
Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m

77

BTL7 Rod Series
Analog interface

Position and velocity
Two outputs can be assigned any position value and velocity signal
using the USB interface.
Mode examples:
Double magnet

2 magnets, 2 movements, 2 output signals
Differential

Differential signal between
2 magnets, position and difference possible.
Velocity

USB-conﬁgurable
Position + Velocity

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Position signal input interface
Part number
Output signal factory setting
Output signal adjusted via USB Configurable
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance
System resolution
Current consumption at 24 V DC
Hysteresis
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate, length-dependent
Non-linearity, max.

Temperature coefficient
Operating voltage
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature

Features of Micropulse+ USB-Configurable BTL7-A/E501
– Simple configuration and setting of the start
and end point via the USB interface, fast startup
– "Easy Setup" for manual adjustment
– Configurable dual output functions, position and velocity
– Increased operating reliability with status LEDs for
indicating the operating status and diagnostic information
– Extended application range with high degree of
protection IP 68 (cable version)
– Electronics head can be replaced if needed
– Short housing
– Error signals, no magnet within measuring range

■ Please enter the code for the output signal, nominal stroke,
housing and connection type in the ordering code!
Preferred models
A501 and E501 interfaces
BTL7-A501-M_ _ _ _-B-S32,
BTL7-E501-M_ _ _ _-B-S32
are available from stock in the nominal lengths highlighted in blue.

Velocity output

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Calibration device
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
USB communication box, page 81
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 156

Caution!
Prior to design, installation and startup, please read the
instructions in the user guide! www.balluff.com

78

BTL7 Rod Series
Analog interface

BTL7 rod
analog
A
analog
BTL7-A501-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
0...10 V and 10...0 V
–10...10 V and 10...-10 V
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mVss

BTL7 rod
analog
E
analog
BTL7-E501-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
4...20 mA and 20...4 mA
0...20 mA and 20...0 mA

≤ 0.33 mV
≤ 150 mA
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
max. 4 kHz
±50 µm to ≤ 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.01 % FS > 500...≤ 5500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
≤ 30 ppm/K
10...30 V DC
yes
yes
500 V AC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.66 µA
≤ 180 mA
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
max. 4 kHz
±50 µm to ≤ 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.01 % FS > 500...≤ 5500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % FS > 5500 mm nominal stroke
≤ 30 ppm/K
10...30 V DC
yes
yes
500 V AC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

Ordering example:
BTL7-_501-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

Output
signal
A
E

Voltage
Current

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000, 4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250,
5500, 5750, 6000, 6250, 6500, 6750,
7000, 7250, 7500, 7600, 7620 or in 5
mm increments (depending on interface)
on request

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5
Other housings on
page 75

Connection type
S32
S115
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15
KA15

Connector
Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m
PUR cable 15 m

79

BTL7 Rod Series
Programming

simple commissioning
fast conﬁguration

Setting options for the start and end point
BTL7-A/E501... Micropulse+
USB-Configurable
■

BTL7 Standard
■
■
■
■

1. Calibration device
– Teach-in
– Adjustment
– Online setting
– Easy Setup
2. Remote setup
3. USB-Configurate

■
■
■

1. Calibration device
100 % start and end point calibration
Start and end point of the analog signal can be set to the desired
position at the touch of a button. Depending on the application,
"teach-in" or "adjust" mode is used, selectable by pressing a button
combination. Two-color LED indicators assist the procedure.
"Easy Setup"
For BTL7-A/E501, Micropulse+ only. Simple programming mode for
adjusting the start and end point of the transducer to the current
application in just a few steps. The magnet is brought to the new position. Confirm by pressing a button. The "Adjust" function allows the
new value to be fine-tuned for a stationary magnet. No error value is
output during the setup procedure.

Adjust
Here you can adjust to a new start and end value. This may be required when you cannot physically move the magnet to the standard
start and/or end point. Move the magnet to the new start and end
position, and adjust the displayed value by pressing the button until
the desired output values are reached.
Online setting
This programming function allows you to set the start and end point
while in run mode, such as in a closed loop configuration. No error
value is output during the setup procedure. The calibration range is
limited to ±25 %.

Buttons
inactive

Buttons
active

Setting start and end point using the calibration device
BTL7-A/E501

Teach-in

Start
point

Teach-in
Used for changing the factory default start and end point to a new
start and end point.
First the magnet must be brought to the new start point and then to
the new end position, and the respective values stored by pressing
the button.

End
point

Adjust

Start
point

End
point

Selecting the calibration procedure BTL7 Standard

Procedure for teach-in, rising signal
before
after
1. Place magnet in new null position.

Store new null value

80

2. Place magnet at new end position.

Store new end value

3. Newly set measurement distance

BTL7 Rod Series
Programming

2. Remote setup aid
Remote setting of the start and end point using
programming inputs
If the transducer is located in an inaccessible place or a hazardous
area, the start and end point can be adjusted remotely. Teach-in,
adjustment and online setting are identical to programming with the
calibration device. Button 1 blue corresponds to programming input
La and button 2 gray to input Lb.

Lb, pin 8

La,
pin 4
Button 1

Button 2
24 V

3. USB-Configurate
Start, end value setting and configuration via USB
The Micropulse Configuration Tool allows the quick and easy
configuration of Balluff transducers type BTL7-A/E501... on a PC.
The most significant features include:
– Online display of the current position of the magnet
– Graphical assistance for setting the functions and characteristic
curves
– Display of information about the connected transducer
– Selectable number formats and units for display
– Factory reset possible
– Calibration device can be disabled
– Demo mode without having a transducer connected

System requirements:
– Standard PC
– Windows 2000/XP/Vista
– Screen resolution at least 1024 × 768 pixels
– 10 MB available hard disk space
– Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 1.4.2 or higher
http://java.sun.com/getjava
– USB port

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

Connecting the USB communication box
For model BTL7-A/E501-M...-S32/S115 transducers, the communication box can be installed between the transducer and the
controller. The communication box is connected to the PC using a
USB cable.

CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Position
recognition in
the hydraulics

USB communication box

Floats
Magnets

BTL7-A-CB01-USB-S32,
for BTL7-A/E501... with S32 connector

Connecting the communication box
with S32 or S115 connector

Installation
notes

BTL7-A-CB01-USB-S115,
for BTL7-A/E501... with S115 connector
BTL7-A-CB01-USB-KA,
for BTL7-A/E501... with cable connection
Included:
– USB communication box
– Cable set
– Short user's guide

Connecting the communication box via
cable in the switching cabinet

The PC software and
associated manual
can be downloaded from
the Internet at
www.balluff.com/
downloads-btl7

Caution!
Prior to design, installation and startup, please read the
instructions in the user guide! www.balluff.com
■ www.balluff.com

81

BTL5 Rod Series
General data

Pressure rated to 600 bar,
High repeatability,
Non-contact, rugged
The BTL Micropulse transducer
is a rugged position feedback
system for use under extreme
ambient conditions for
measuring ranges between
25 and 5500 mm.
The actual waveguide is protected inside a high-pressure
resistant stainless steel tube.
The system is ideal for use in
hydraulic cylinders for position
feedback or as a level monitor
with aggressive media in the
food and chemical industries.

Series
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Housing attachment
Pressure rating with 10.2 mm outer tube
Pressure rating with 8 mm outer tube
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]
with 8 mm outer tube is the
max. nominal stroke 1016 mm

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your
interface from page 84)
– Short user's guide

82

BTL5 Rod
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67 (with BKS-S... IP 67 connector attached)
Anodized aluminum/1.4571 stainless steel outer tube, 1.3952 stainless steel cast flange
Housing B thread M18×1.5, housing Z 3/4"-16UNF
600 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
250 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
Connectors/cables
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250,
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000 or in
5 mm increments up to 5500 mm (depending on interface) on request
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148

BTL5 Rod Series
General data

Housing B
BTL5_ _ _ _ -B-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Metric
mounting thread M18×1.5

ard
tand

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

ing

hous

B=S

Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread M18x1.5

Mounting surface

Housing Z
BTL5_ _ _ _ -Z-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

3/4" UNF mounting thread

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

BTL7

Magnet

General
data
Analog
interface
Thread
M4×4/6 deep

Thread 3/4"-16UNF

Programming
BTL5
General
data

Mounting surface

Digital
pulse
interface

Housing B8
BTL5_ _ _ _ -B8-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

SSI
interface

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Metric mounting thread
M18×1.5
8 mm outer tube
max. 1016 mm nominal stroke

CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Thread
M4×4/6 deep

Thread M18x1.5

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

Mounting surface

Housing Z8
BTL5_ _ _ _ -Z8-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

3/4" UNF mounting thread
8 mm outer tube
max. 1016 mm nominal stroke
Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread 3/4"-16UNF

Mounting surface

Housing A
BTL5-_ _ _ _-A-_ _ _ _
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Metric mounting thread
M18×1.5
Flange without
0.5/Ø 25 mm mounting surface

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread M18x1.5

Mounting surface

■ www.balluff.com

83

BTL5 Rod Series
Digital pulse interface

economical + synchronous

P Interface
Compatible with BTA/BTM processors as well as controllers and
modules from various manufacturers including Siemens, B & R,
Phoenix Contact, Mitsubishi, Sigmatek, Parker, Esitron and WAGO.
Reliable signal transmission, even over cable lengths up to 500 m
between BTA and BTL, is assured by the noise-immune RS485
differential line drivers and receivers. Noise signals are effectively
suppressed.

M Interface
The M interface is a controller-specific interface variation.
Block diagram of P interface

Highly precise digitizing of the P pulse signal
Companies developing their own control and processing electronics can create a highly accurate P interface cost effectively and with
minimum effort using the Balluff digitizing chip. The digitizing chip
was developed as a high-resolution, configurable ASIC for Micropulse transducers with P interface.

Digitizing chip 44QFP

Advantages:
– Position resolution 1 µm!
The 1 µm resolution of the Micropulse distance measurement
system is achieved by the high resolution of the digitizing chip
(133 pS). (Clock frequency 2 or 20 MHz)
– Position data from 4 magnets can be processed simultaneously
– 4/8-bit processor interface
5V

Osc.

Micropulse transducer with 1 to
4 magnets

4/8bit bus

INIT

CPU
controller

P pulse signal

Controller or processing electronics

ASIC INFO: +49 7158 173-370
84

BTL5 Rod Series
Digital pulse interface

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Resolution
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin Color
Input/Output
Input
1
YE
signals
Output 2
GY
Input
3
PK
Output 5
GN
Operating voltage
6
BU
7
BN
8
WH

BTL5 Rod
Pulse P
Pulse P
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
processing-dependent
2 µm or ±1 digit depending on processing electronics
≤ 2 µm
≤ 4 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz = ≤ 1400 mm
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500...5500 mm nominal stroke
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 90 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-P1-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

BTL5 Rod
Pulse M
Pulse M
BTL5-M1-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
processing-dependent
2 µm or ±1 digit depending on processing electronics
≤ 2 µm
≤ 4 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz = ≤ 1400 mm
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500...5500 mm nominal stroke
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 90 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-M1-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface

Connect shield to housing
■ Please enter the code for the nominal
stroke, housing and connection type in the
ordering code.

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface

Preferred models interface P
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-B-S 32
are available from stock in the nominal
lengths highlighted in blue.

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

Magnets
Installation
notes

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors from page 148
Ordering example:
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000, 4250, 4500, 5000, 5250, 5500
or in 5 mm increments on request.

■ www.balluff.com

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5, other
housings on page 83

Connection type
S32
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15

Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m

85

BTL5 Rod Series
SSI interface

Standard SSI interface
Synchronous serial data transmission for controllers from
various manufacturers, including Siemens, Bosch-Rexroth, WAGO,
B & R, Parker, Esitron, PEP etc. as well as for Balluff
BDD-AM 10-1-SSD and BDD-CC 08-1-SSD displays/controllers.
Reliable signal transmission, even over cable lengths of up to
400 m between controller and BTL transducer is assured by especially noise-immune RS485/422 differential line drivers and receivers.
Any noise signals are effectively suppressed.

Processor
or
controller

Transducer
BTL5-S1...

BTL5-S1... with processor/controller, wiring example

Synchronized SSI interface BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
Micropulse transducers with synchronized SSI interface are suitable for dynamic control applications. The data acquisition in the
transducer is synchronized with the external clock of the controller,
permitting an optimum calculation of the velocity in the controller.
The pre-requirement for this synchronous mode of transducer operation is consistent clock signal timing.
The maximum sampling frequency fA, at which a new current
value is generated for each sample, can be derived from the following table:

Clock frequency depends on the cable length

Super-fast 2.5 kHz sampling rate

86

mm

120
475
750
1250
2600

mm
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke

Cable length
< 25 m
< 50 m
< 100 m
< 200 m
< 400 m

≤ 120
≤ 475
≤ 750
≤ 1250
≤ 2600
≤ 4000

Hz
:
:
:
:
:
:

2500
2000
1500
1000
500
333

Clock frequency
< 1000 kHz
< 500 kHz
< 400 kHz
< 200 kHz
< 100 kHz

super linear and
synchronized

BTL5 Rod Series
SSI interface

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Part number synchronization
System resolution depending on version (LSB)
Repeat accuracy
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and
1
YE
data signals
2
GY
3
PK
5
GN
Operating
6
BU
voltage (external)
7
BN
8
WH

BTL5 Rod
synchronous serial
S
synchronous serial
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 40 or 100 µm
±1 digit
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 2 kHz
±30 µm at 5 and 10 µm resolution or ≤ ±2 LSB
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L) /°C
20...28 V DC
≤80 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C

BTL7
General
data

+Clk
+Data
–Clk
–Data
GND
+24 V DC
must remain unconnected

Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface

Clock sequence

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface

■ Please enter the code for the coding,
system resolution, nominal stroke, design and
connection type in the ordering code!

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148
Ordering example:
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

Coding
0

1

6

7

Binary code
rising
(24 bit)
Gray code
rising
(24 bit)
Binary code
rising
(25 bit)
Gray code
rising
(25 bit)

System
resolution
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1 µm
5 µm
10 µm
20 µm
40 µm
100 µm
2 µm

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5,
other housings
on page 83

Connection type
S32
KA02
KA05
KA10
KA15

Connector
PUR cable 2 m
PUR cable 5 m
PUR cable 10 m
PUR cable 15 m

Ordering code for SSI interface with synchronization to clock (dynamic control
applications) insert the letter B! BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-B-S32
■ www.balluff.com

87

BTL5 Rod Series
CANopen® interface

User-friendly hardware
and software set-up

CANopen interface
Based on CAN (ISO/IEC 7498 and DIN ISO 11898), CANopen
provides a Layer-7 implementation for industrial CAN networks. The
serial data protocol of the CAN specification is defined according to the producer-consumer principle as opposed to most other
fieldbus protocols. This eliminates target addressing of the process
data. Each bus station decides for itself how the received data are
processed.
The CANopen interface of the Micropulse transducer is compatible
with CANopen conforming with CiA Standard DS301 Rev. 3.0, and
with CAL and Layer 2 CAN networks.
CAN-BUS features
– Line topology, star structure also possible via repeaters
– Low-cost wiring with two-wire cable
– Fast response times, high data integrity using CRC, hamming
distance of 6
– 1 MBit/s with cable lengths < 25 m
– Protocol limits number of stations to 127
– Using multiple magnets: A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be
maintained.
CANopen offers a high level of flexibility with respect to functionality
and data exchange. Using a standard data sheet in the form of an
EDS file it is easy to link the Micropulse transducers to any CANopen
system.
Process Data Object (PDO)
12 Micropulse transducers send their position information optionally
in one, two or four PDOs with 8 bytes of data each. The contents
of the PDOs are freely configurable. The following information can be
sent:
– Current magnet position with resolution in 5 µm increments
– Current velocity of the magnet with resolution selectable in
0.1mm/s increments
– Current status of the four freely programmable cams per magnet.

Synchronization Object (SYNC)
Serves as a net-wide trigger for synchronizing all network participants. When the SYNC object is received, all Micropulse transducers
connected to the bus store their current position and velocity
information and then send it sequentially to the controller. This assures time-synchronous acquisition of the measured values.
LED
Display of the CANopen status to DS303-3
FMM
The sensor can be operated as a 4-magnet type, whereby the sensor itself recognizes how many magnets are currently active.
So if only two magnets are positioned in the measuring range, a valid
value is output for the first two positions and a defined error value for
positions 3 and 4.
Emergency Object
This object is sent with the highest priority and is used for example
for error messages when the cam states change.
Service Data Object (SDO)
Service Data Objects transmit the parameters for the transducer
configuration. The transducer may be configured on the bus by
the controller or offline using a PC with a configuration tool which
runs under Windows. The configuration is stored in the non-volatile
memory of the transducer.

CiA 199911-301v30/11-009

Use of multiple magnets
A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be maintained.

certified

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ -B-S92

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ -B-S94

Node ID can be set by DIP switch.

88

BTL5 Rod Series
CANopen® interface

Position +
Velocity

BTL5 Rod
CANopen
H
CANopen
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-S92
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-S94
±1 digit
5 µm increments
0.1 mm/s increments
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
< 25
< 50
< 100
< 250
1000
800
500
250

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
configurable
Velocity
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Cable length [m] per CiA DS301
Baud rate [kBaud] per CiA DS301
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and
1
WH
data signals
2
BN
3
BU
4
GY
5
GN

BTL7

< 500
125

< 1000
100

< 1250
50

< 2500
20/10

General
data
Analog
interface
Programming

CAN_GND
+24 V
0 V (GND)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW

BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

■ Please enter the code for the software
configuration, baud rate and nominal stroke
in the ordering code. Cable upon request.

CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 150/151

Installation
notes

Using the CANopen interface and cable lengths up to 2500 m, the
signal is sent at a length-dependent baud rate to the controller. The
high noise immunity of the connection is achieved using differential
drivers and by the data monitoring scheme.
Ordering example:
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-S92
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-S94

Software
configuration
1
2
3

1 × position and
1 × velocity
2 × position and
2 × velocity
4 × position

■ www.balluff.com

Baud rate
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
800
500
250
125
100
50
20
10

MBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request.

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5, more
housings on page 83

89

BTL5 Rod Series
CANopen® interface

Implementing CANopen® + 2 analog
inputs "Condition Monitoring"

Connecting analog sensors
BTL5-H1A/C/E _ -M _ _ _ _ -A/B/Y/Z(8)-C001 allows the use of analog pressure or temperature sensors in parallel with the transducer.
Measured values from the analog sensor can be transmitted to the
CAN protocol with ease as a result.
Analog inputs are detected in series, not simultaneously. The second
channel is converted while the first channel is being read and vice
versa.
The analog process signal from the BTL is converted into digital
form because the analogue values from the BTL are only processed
in digital form. The overall conversion time consists of the time the
converter takes to perform the conversion plus additional processing
time in the microcontroller (µC).
The analogue values are displayed in the form of a fixed-point number in the 2's complement. The prefix of the analog value is always
in bit 15.
– "0" for +
– "1" for -

CiA 199911-301v30/11-009

Use of 1-4 magnets
The number of magnets can be preset to 1-4 via CANopen. The
transducer is preset to operate with an magnet on delivery. A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be maintained.
Setting the node ID
For the node ID, values between 0...63 are preset using the DIP
switch S1.1...S1.6.

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-C001

Node ID can be set by DIP switch.

90

Top view of DIP switch S1

BTL5 Rod Series
CANopen® interface

BTL5 Rod
CANopen
H
CANopen
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
potential-free
±1 digit
5 µm increments
0.1 mm/s increments
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
< 25
< 50
< 100
< 250
1000
800
500
250

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
CANopen Version
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
configurable
Velocity
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Cable length [m] per CiA DS301
Baud rate [kBaud] per CiA DS301
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and
1
WH
data signals
2
BN
3
BU
4
GY
5
GN
Analog connection
1
Sensor
2
3
4

BTL7

< 500
125

< 1000
100

< 1250
50

< 2500
20/10

General
data
Analog
interface
Programming

CAN_GND
+24 V
0 V (GND)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW
+24 V
0V
Input sensor 1
Input sensor 2

BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface

■ Please enter the code for the input
configuration, baud rate and nominal stroke in
the ordering code. Cable upon request.

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

Magnets
Installation
notes

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors from page 150
Using the CANopen interface and cable lengths up to 2500 m, the
signal is sent at a length-dependent baud rate to the controller. The
high noise immunity of the connection is achieved using differential
drivers and by the data monitoring scheme.

Ordering example:
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-C001

Input
configuration
A

C

E

3-wire voltage,
0...+10 V, 12-bit,
max. 2 inputs
3-wire current,
0...20 mA, 12-bit,
max. 2 inputs
2-wire current,
4...20 mA, 12-bit,
max. 2 inputs

■ www.balluff.com

Baud rate
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1MBaud
800 kBaud
500 kBaud
250 kBaud
125 kBaud
100 kBaud
50 kBaud
20 kBaud
10 kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request.

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5, more
housings on page 83

91

BTL5 Rod Series
PROFIBUS-DP interface

User-friendly hardware
and software set-up

As the market leading standard for serial data transmission for process automation, PROFIBUS-DP is the ideal choice for implementing
automation tasks with cycle times of > 5 ms.
Data transmission
A PROFIBUS telegram can contain up to 244 bytes of user data per
telegram and station. The BTL5-T uses max. 32 bytes (max. 4 position values and max. 4 velocity values) for process data transmission. Up to 126 active stations (Address 0...125) can be connected
on PROFIBUS-DP. User data cannot be sent with station address
126. This address is used as the default address for bus stations
that have to be parameterized by a Class 2 master (for setting the
device address if there are no mechanical switches available).
Each PROFIBUS station has the same priority. Prioritizing of individual stations is not intended, but can be done by the master since
the bus transmission only makes up a fraction of the process cycle
anyway. At a transfer rate of 12 Mbps, the transmission time for an
average data telegram is in the 100 µs range.
Master
There are two types of possible masters for PROFIBUS-DP. Master
Class 1 carries out the user data interchange with the connected
slaves. Master Class 2 is intended for startup and diagnostic
purposes and may be used to briefly assume control of a slave.
GSD (Device Master Data)
The length of the data exchangeable with a slave is defined in the
Device Master Data file (GSD) and is checked by the slave with the
configuration telegram and confirmed for correctness. In modular
systems, various configurations are defined in the GSD file. Depending on the desired functionality, one of these configurations can be
selected by the user when the system is configured. The BTL5-T
is a modular device with the possibility of selecting the number of
magnets (position values).

Master Class 1

Slave 1

Master Class 2

Slave 2

Slave 3

Address can be set by DIP switch.

92

Slave 4

Slave x

Slave
Once a PROFIBUS master has received the parameter set defined
for the slave, it is able to exchange data.
The parameter set consists of slave parameters and configuration data. The parameter data contain the description of the slave
settings (e.g. resolution of a position value). The configuration data
describe the length and structure of the data telegram.
Process data
Under PROFIBUS-DP the default is for process data to be sent from
the master to slaves acyclically and for the slave data to then be
queried. To ensure synchronization of multiple devices, the master
may use the SYNC and FREEZE services.
DP/V1 and DP/V2 isochronous mode
Isochronous mode enables quick and deterministic data exchange
by means of clock synchronicity on the bus system. A cyclic equidistant clock signal is sent by the master to all bus devices. This signal
allows master and slaves to be synchronized irrespective of application – with an accuracy < 1 µs.
Cross traffic between slaves
Cross traffic permits two DP slaves to exchange data directly with
each other: the master ensures that the slave publishes its data on
the bus with a request for "Data-eXchange-Broadcast" (DXB-Request) and thus makes it available to other slaves. Since the process
data is available in the process periphery without being diverted
through the master application, cross-traffic permits very fast control
system responses.
Acyclic services
The DP functions for prioritized communication allow the transfer
of acyclic read and write functions between master and slaves,
independently of the cyclic user data traffic. The transfer of acyclic
data is performed at a lower priority in parallel to the high speed
cyclic data exchange – as if in the background. The background
/ foreground split means the ratio of cyclic to acyclic data can be
adjusted if required.
FMM
The sensor can be operated as a 4-magnet type, whereby the sensor itself recognizes how many magnets are currently active.
So if only two magnets are positioned in the measuring range, a valid
value is output for the first two positions and a defined error value for
positions 3 and 4.

Device address can
be set by DIP switch

Position +
Velocity

BTL5 Rod Series
PROFIBUS-DP interface

BTL5 Rod
PROFIBUS-DP
T
PROFIBUS-DP
BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-_-S103
EN 50170, Encoder profile
potential-free
±1 digit
5 µm increments configurable
0.1 mm/s increments configurable
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
any
20...28 V DC
≤ 120 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL504B2.GSD
mechanical switches and Master Class 2
< 100
< 200
< 400
12000
1500
900
S103 5-pin
Data GND
3
R×D/T×D-N (A)
2
R×D/T×D-P (B)
4
VP +5 V
1
+24 V
0 V (GND)
Ground PROFIBUS-DP
5
Shield supply

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number plug version S103
Profibus-Version
Profibus interface
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
configurable
Velocity
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Magnet traverse velocity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
GSD file
Address assignment
Cable length [m]
Baud rate [Kbps]
Pin assignments
Control and data signals

Operating voltage and shielding

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming

< 1000
187,5

< 1200
93,7/19,2/9,6
S103 3-pin

BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface

1
3
4

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Position
recognition in
the hydraulics

■ Please enter the code for the software
configuration, nominal stroke and housing in
the ordering code.

Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors from page 153
Ordering example:
BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-_-S103

Software
configuration
1
2

1 Position
1 Velocity
2 Position
2 Velocity

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request.

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5, other
housings on page 83

93

BTL5 Rod Series
4 programmable switching points

Nominal stroke = measuring range
Magnet

Damping zone
(non-usable
area)

Thread
M4×4/6 deep
Thread M18x1.5

Mounting surface

Single position measurement between the piston limits of
travel on standard cylinder series
Advantages:
– no special design of piston or piston rod necessary
– no permanent magnet required between the piston seals
– easy to program
– no time-consuming adjustment
– high resolution and repeatability
– switching points freely programmable using calibration
device or programming inputs

94

Calibration device BTL5-A-EH01 for programming the outputs

Position +
Velocity

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output signals
Max. current load per output
Max. current load for 4 outputs
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate
Operating voltage
No-load current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments

BTL5 Rod Series
4 programmable switching points

Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8

Shock load
Vibration
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Mounting
Pressure rating
Connection type

BTL5 Rod
F
digital
BTL5-F1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-_-S115
4 switching outputs
100 mA
200 mA
±0.1 mm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz = ≤ 1400 mm
24 V DC ±20 %
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
La; Programming input (low-active)
GND
+24 V DC
Lb; Programming input (low-active)
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67 (with BKS-S... IP 67 connector attached)
Anodized aluminum/1.4571 stainless steel outer tube, 1.3952 stainless steel cast flange
Thread M18×1.5, 3/4"-16UNF on request
600 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
Connectors

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface

■ Please enter the code for the output, nominal stroke and housing in the ordering code.

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
– Calibration device

Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, from page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 156

Ordering example:
BTL5-F1_0-M_ _ _ _-_-S115

Output
0
1

Output
NPN switching
Output
PNP switching

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request.

Housing
B = Standard
M18×1.5, other
housings on page xx

95

BTL5 Rod Series
Float

Description
for series
Part number
Material
Weight
Magnet traverse velocity

Float
BTL rod
BTL2-S-3212-4Z
Stainless steel 1.4404
approx. 20 g

Float
BTL rod
BTL2-S-4414-4Z
Stainless steel 1.4404
approx. 34 g

Float
BTL rod
BTL2-S-6216-8P
Stainless steel 1.4404
approx. 69 g

Float
BTL rod
BTL2-S-5113-4K
Stainless steel 1.4404
approx. 35 g

Operating temperature/
Storage temperature range
Displacement in water
Pressure rating (static)
Part number PA 60
glass fiber reinforced
Material
Weight
Magnet traverse velocity

–20...+120 °C

–20...+120 °C

–20...+120 °C

–20...+120 °C

approx. 35 mm
24 bar

approx. 31 mm
20 bar

approx. 41 mm
15 bar

approx. 26 mm
40 bar

Operating temperature/
Storage temperature range

96

BTL5 Rod Series
Magnet

Magnet
BTL rod
BTL-P-0814-GR-PAF
Ferrite integrated in PA
approx. 1.5 g
any

Magnet
BTL rod
BTL-P-1013-4R
Al
approx. 12 g
any

Magnet
BTL rod
BTL-P-1013-4S
Al
approx. 12 g
any

Magnet
BTL rod
BTL-P-1012-4R
Al
approx. 12 g
any

Magnet
BTL rod
BTL-P-1014-2R
Al
approx. 10 g
any

–40...+100 °C

–40...+100 °C

–40...+100 °C

–40...+100 °C

–40...+100 °C

BTL-P-1013-4R-PA

BTL-P-1012-4R-PA

PA 60 glass fiber reinforced
approx. 10 g
any

PA 60 glass fiber reinforced
approx. 10 g
any

BTL7

–40...+100 °C

–40...+100 °C

General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5
General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface
Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

M18×1.5 mounting nut
Order designation:
BTL-A-FK01-E-M18×1.5
3/4"-16 UNF mounting nut
Order designation:
BTL-A-FK01-E-3/4"-16 UNF
■ www.balluff.com

Caution!
Prior to design, installation and startup, please read the
instructions in the user guide! www.balluff.com

97

BTL5 Rod Series
Installation notes

SSI-SYNC –
better control characteristics and higher dynamics
The absolute positioning information from the Micropulse transducer
is transmitted synchronously to the axis control card. This synchronous data acquisition enables exact calculation of the velocity and
acceleration.
The feedback of these variables (velocity and acceleration) allows
the damping and resonant frequency of a hydraulic system to be increased. These measures permit greater loop gain and with it better
control behavior and higher dynamics.

Application with hydraulic cylinder in a control circuit

Control card with SSI
interface for connecting
Micropulse transducers

Micropulse transducer BTL5-S1_ _ -S1-...

Installation
in hydraulic cylinders

98

BTL5 Rod Series
Installation notes

Hassle-free service
Cylinder-mounted transducers are often located in difficult to access
spots. If a transducer is damaged or fails, replacing the complete
transducer with head and waveguide is often a difficult and expensive proposition.
Should a problem occur in the electronics of the Micropulse transducer, the electronics head can be easily and quickly exchanged
for a new one. The fluid circuit also remains intact, with no draining
necessary.

Servicing a vertical installation

BTL7
General
data
Analog
interface
Programming
BTL5

Servicing a horizontal installation

General
data
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
PROFIBUS-DP
interface

Installation
The Micropulse transducer BTL has a mounting thread M18×1.5.
We recommend that the mounting is made of non-magnetizable
material. If magnetizable materials are used, the installation must be
carried out as shown in the drawing below. Sealing is at the flange
mounting surface using the supplied O-ring 15.4×2.1 with M18×1.5
thread.
Insertion hole
The transducer is fitted with a M18×1.5 (as per ISO) or 3/4“-16UNF
(as per SAE) mounting thread. Depending on the version, the
insertion hole may have to be manufactured prior to assembly.

Position
recognition in
the hydraulics
Floats
Magnets
Installation
notes

Insertion hole M18×1.5, as per ISO 6149, O-ring 15.4×2.1

Insertion hole 3/4"-16UNF as per SAE J475, O-ring 15.3×2.4

Magnet

Non-magnetizable spacer

■ www.balluff.com

99

100

Compact Rod and AR Rod Series
Contents

K

K
Installation notes
General data

102
103

H

H
Installation notes
General data

104
105

W

W
Installation notes
General data

106
107

HB/
WB

Pro Compact HB/WB
Installation notes
General data

108
109

Analog interface

110

Digital pulse interface

112

SSI interface

114

CANopen interface

116

AR
General data
Analog interface
Digital pulse interface P510
Installation notes

118
120
122
124

AR

Rod housings are mainly used in hydraulic drive applications. When
installed in the pressure section of the hydraulic cylinder, the distance
sensor requires the same pressure rating as the actual hydraulic
cylinder. In practice, the sensor must be able
to withstand pressures up to 1000 bar. The electronics are integrated in an aluminum or stainless steel housing and the waveguide
in a pressure-resistant tube made from nonmagnetic stainless steel
that is sealed off at the face end with a welded plug. An O-ring seal
in the flange at the opposite end seals off the high-pressure section.
An magnet ring with magnets slides over the tube or rod with internal
waveguide to mark the position prior to detection.

■ www.balluff.com

101

Compact Rod Series K
Installation notes

Pressure rated to 600 bar,
high repeatability, non-contact, rugged
The BTL Micropulse transducer is a rugged position feedback
system for measuring ranges between 25 and 5500 mm as well as
use under extreme ambient conditions.
The actual waveguide is protected inside a high-pressure resistant
stainless steel tube. The system is ideal for use in hydraulic cylinders
for position feedback or as a level monitor with aggressive media in
the food and chemical industries.

– Stainless
– extremely short 34 mm
– IP 68 with cable

non-magnetizable material
1-2 with magnetizable material
4

with non-magnetizable material

a

Spacer made from
non-magnetizable material

b

Magnet

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your
interface from page 110)
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/149

102

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

thru-hole

Installation BTL5 Compact rod K
The Micropulse transducer has 6 mounting holes for cylinder
head screws (ISO 4762 M6×18 A2-70). We recommend that the
mounting is made of non-magnetizable material. If magnetizable
materials are used, the installation must be carried out as shown
above. Sealing is at the flange mounting surface using the supplied
O-ring 15.4×2.1 mm.

O-ring groove
15.4 × 2.1

Compact rod Micropulse transducer installed in clevis mount cylinder

Compact Rod Series K
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Flange and tube material
Housing attachment
Connection type
Recommended connector, see page 148/149
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BTL5 Compact Rod K
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -K-_ _ _ _
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27 and 100 g/2 ms per IEC 60068-2-29
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67 (when BKS-S32/33 is installed); IP 68 connector, 5 bar for cable version
Stainless steel 1.4305
Tube stainless 1.4571, flange 1.4571 or 1.4429 or 1.4404
flange with 6 mounting holes
connector or integral cable
BKS-S 32M/BKS-S 32M-C/BKS-S 33M
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250, 5500 or in
5 mm increments (depending on interface) on request

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Installation
notes

Housing K
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-K-SR32
Flange ∅ 18 mm, PCD ∅ 64 mm
Radial connection

General
data
W
Installation
notes
Nominal stroke = measuring range

General
data

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

HB/WB
Installation
notes

Magnet

General
data
Analog
interface

M4×4/6 threaded
blind hole,
security disk Ø 9 DIN 6799
BKS-S 33M

Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

Mounting surface

CANopen
interface

Housing K
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-K-K_ _
Flange ∅ 18 mm, PCD ∅ 64 mm
Radial cable

AR
General
data
Analog
interface
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

Magnet

M4×4/6 threaded
blind hole,
security disk Ø 9 DIN 6799

Mounting surface

■ www.balluff.com

103

Compact Rod Series H
Installation notes

Pressure rated to 600 bar,
high repeatability, non-contact, rugged
The BTL Micropulse transducer is a robust position feedback system
for measuring ranges between 25 and 5500 mm as well as use
under extreme ambient conditions.
The actual waveguide is protected inside a high-pressure resistant
stainless steel tube. The system is ideal for use in hydraulic cylinders
for position feedback or as a level monitor with aggressive media in
the food and chemical industries.

– Stainless
– IP 68 with cable

Installation BTL5 Compact rod H
The Micropulse transducer BTL has a mounting thread M18×1.5.
We recommend that the mounting is made of non-magnetizable
material.
If magnetizable materials are used, the installation must be carried
out as shown in the drawing below. Sealing is at the flange mounting
surface using the supplied O-ring 15.4×2.1 with M18×1.5 thread.

A

O-ring groove,
view A

B

Insertion hole
M18×1.5 to
ISO 6149,
O-ring 15.4×2.1

O-ring groove,
view B

Magnet

Non-magnetizable spacer

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your
interface from page 110)
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/149

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

104

Compact Rod Series H
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Flange and tube material
Housing attachment
Connection type
Recommended connector, see page 148/149
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BTL5 Compact Rod H
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -H-_ _ _ _
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27 and 100 g/2 ms per IEC 60068-2-29
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67 (when BKS-S32/33 is installed); IP 68 connector, 5 bar for cable version
Stainless steel 1.4305
Tube stainless 1.4571, flange 1.4571 or 1.4429 or 1.4404
Flange with thread M18×1.5
connector or integral cable
BKS-S 32M/BKS-S 32M-C/BKS-S 33M
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250, 5500 or
in 5 mm increments on request.

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Installation
notes

Housing H, BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-H-K_ _
Mounting
thread M18×1.5
Radial cable outlet

Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

General
data
W
Installation
notes

Magnet

General
data
M4×4/6 threaded
blind hole, security disk
Ø 9 DIN 6799

HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data

Mounting surface

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Housing H, BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-H-KA _ _
Mounting
thread M18×1.5
Cable outlet
axial

Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

Magnet

AR
M4×4/6 threaded
blind hole, security disk
Ø 9 DIN 6799

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Mounting surface

Housing H, BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-H-S32
Mounting
thread M18×1.5
Plug connector
Axial

General
data

Installation
notes
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

M4×4/6 threaded
blind hole, security disk
Ø 9 DIN 6799

■ www.balluff.com

Mounting surface

105

Compact W Rod Series
Installation notes

Pressure rated to 600 bar,
high repeatability, non-contact, rugged
The BTL Micropulse transducer is a robust position feedback system
for measuring ranges between 25 and 5500 mm as well as use
under extreme ambient conditions.
The actual waveguide is protected inside a high-pressure resistant
stainless steel tube. The system is ideal for use in hydraulic cylinders
for position feedback or as a level monitor with aggressive media in
the food and chemical industries.

– Stainless
– IP 68 with cable

Installation BTL5 Compact rod W
The Micropulse transducer BTL has a mounting thread M18×1.5.
We recommend that the mounting is made of non-magnetizable
material.
If magnetizable materials are used, the installation must be carried
out as shown in the drawing below. Sealing is at the flange mounting
surface using the supplied O-ring 15.4×2.1 with M18×1.5 thread.

A

O-ring groove, view A

B

Insertion hole
thread 3/4"-16 UNF
O-ring groove,
view B

Magnet

Non-magnetizable spacer

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your
interface from page 110)
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/149

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

106

Compact W Rod Series
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Flange and tube material
Housing attachment
Connection type
Recommended connector, see page 148/149
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BTL5 Compact W rod
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -W-_ _ _ _
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27 and 100 g/2 ms per IEC 60068-2-29
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67 (when BKS-S32/33 is installed); IP 68 connector, 5 bar for cable version
Stainless steel 1.4305
Tube stainless 1.4571, flange 1.4571 or 1.4429 or 1.4404
Flange with thread 3/4"-UNF
connector or integral cable
BKS-S 32M/BKS-S 32M-C/BKS-S 33M
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250, 5500 or
in 5 mm increments on request.

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Installation
notes

Housing W, BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-W-K_ _
Thread
3/4"-16 UNF

Nominal stroke = measuring range

General
data

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

W
Installation
notes

Magnet

General
data
Thread
M4×6 deep

HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data

Thread 3/4"-16UNF
Mounting surface

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Housing W, BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-W-KA_ _
Thread
3/4"-16 UNF

Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

Magnet

AR
Thread
M4×6 deep

Analog
interface

Thread 3/4"-16UNF

Digital
pulse
interface

Mounting surface

Housing W, BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-W-S 32
Thread
3/4"-16 UNF

General
data

Installation
notes
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

Thread
M4×6 deep
Thread 3/4"-16UNF

■ www.balluff.com

Mounting surface

107

Pro Compact HB/WB Rod Series
Installation notes

Pressure rated to 600 bar,
high repeatability, non-contact, rugged
The BTL Micropulse transducer is a robust position feedback system
for measuring ranges between 25 and 5500 mm as well as use
under extreme ambient conditions.
The actual waveguide is protected inside a high-pressure resistant
stainless steel tube. The system is ideal for use in hydraulic cylinders
for position feedback or as a level monitor with aggressive media in
the food and chemical industries.

Installation BTL5 Pro Compact HB/WB rod
The Micropulse transducer BTL has a mounting thread M18×1.5.
We recommend that the mounting is made of non-magnetizable
material.
If magnetizable materials are used, the installation must be carried
out as shown in the drawing below. Sealing is at the flange mounting
surface using the supplied O-ring 15.4×2.1 with M18×1.5 thread.
The flange and housing are completely sealed and cannot be
opened as a result. The measuring range preset in the factory cannot be modified as a result.

– Stainless
– IP 68 with cable
– IP 69/K
with cable protection system

A

B

Insertion hole M18×1.5 as
per ISO 6149, O-ring 15.4×2.1
O-ring groove, view A

O-ring groove,
view B

Insertion hole 3/4",
O-ring 15.3×2.4
O-ring groove, view A

O-ring groove,
view B

Magnet

Non-magnetizable spacer

■ Included:
– Transducer (select your
interface from page 110)
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97

108

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

Pro Compact HB/WB Rod Series
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Flange and tube material
Housing attachment
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]

BTL5 Compact HB/WB rod
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -HB/WB-_ _ _ _-C
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27 and 100 g/2 ms per IEC 60068-2-29
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 68 (5 bar with cable); IP 69K (with cable protection system)
Stainless steel 1.4404
Stainless steel tube 1.4571, flange 1.4404
Flange with thread
Cable connection
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A+B
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250, 5500 or
in 5 mm increments on request.

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H

HB/WB housing
BTL5-...-HB/WB-_ _ _ _-C
Axial

Installation
notes
General
data

HB: 30 mm
WB: 2"

W
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

M4×4/6 deep
Internal thread

Installation
notes
General
data
HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data

HB: M18×1.5
WB: 3/4"-16 UNF

Analog
interface

Mounting surface

Digital
pulse
interface

HB/WB housing
BTL5-...-HB/WB-_ _ _ _-C
radial

SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

HB: 30 mm
WB: 2"
Nominal stroke = measuring range
Magnet

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

AR
M4×4/6 deep
Internal thread

General
data
Analog
interface

HB: M18×1.5
WB: 3/4"-16 UNF

Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

Mounting surface

■ www.balluff.com

109

Compact Rod Series
Analog interface

An integrator circuit provides resolution of better than 0.1 mV. BTL
transducers with analog outputs are available for 0...10 V, 4...20 mA,
0...20 mA and –10...10 V as rising or falling signals.

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage
Output current
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance
System resolution
Hysteresis
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate
Max. non-linearity

Outputs

UA rising and UA falling
are both present

IA rising or falling

Compensating the output signal
BTL transducers with analog output have two potentiometers for
adapting the null and end point of the output signal to the particular
application. The null point can be shifted by max. 15 % of the nominal stroke in the direction of the rod end.
The output signal cannot be adjusted on the Compact H, W and Pro
Compact HB/WB versions.

Temperature coefficient

Voltage output
Current output

Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Output signals

Pin
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

BTL factory setting

Operating voltage

Null point
Factory set

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

End point
Factory set

BTL with compensated null and end point
Location of trim pots
with cover removed
Pot "0"

Pot "E"
Null point
Factory set

■ Please enter the code for the
output signal, nominal stroke,
housing and connection type in
the ordering code!
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/149

110

slot max. 1.5 mm

desired null point

Ordering example:
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-_ _-_ _ _ _-C
Output
signal
1

0
7

Rising and
falling (with
A and G)
Rising
Falling (with
C and E)

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]

Housing

0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, HB
0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, WB
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375,
0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250,
3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250,
4500, 5000, 5250, 5500 or
in 5 mm increments on request.

Connection type
Radial output
F05
Teflon cable 5 m
Axial output
FA05
Teflon cable 5 m

Compact Rod Series
Analog interface

BTL5 Compact Rod
analog
A
analog
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
0...10 V and 10...0 V

BTL5 Compact Rod
analog
E
analog
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

BTL5 Compact Rod
analog
C
analog
BTL5-C1_-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

4...20 mA or 20...4 mA

0...20 mA or 20...0 mA

max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV

BTL5 Compact Rod
analog
G
analog
BTL5-G11-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
–10...10 V and 10...–10 V
max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV

≤ 0.1 mV
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-A11...
0 V Output
10...0 V
0...10 V
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.2 µA
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke

≤ 500 ohms
≤ 0.2 µA
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke

[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-E10...
BTL5-E17...
4...20 mA
20...4 mA
0 V Output
0 V Output
10...0 V
10...0 V
0...10 V
0...10 V
GND
GND
+24 V DC
+24 V DC
(GND)
(GND)

[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-C10...
BTL5-C17...
0...20 mA
20...0 mA
0 V Output
0 V Output
10...0 V
10...0 V
0...10 V
0...10 V
GND
GND
+24 V DC
+24 V DC
(GND)
(GND)

≤ 0.1 mV
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-G11...
0 V Output
10...–10 V
–10...10 V
GND
+24 V DC
(GND)

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Installation
notes
General
data
W
Installation
notes
General
data
HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

Ordering example:

CANopen
interface

BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

AR

Output
signal
1

0
7

Rising and
falling (with
A and G)
Rising
Falling (with
C and E)

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125,
0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250,
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375,
0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250,
3500, 3750, 3850, 4000, 4250,
4500 or in 5 mm increments on
request.

General
data

Housing
K

H
W

Connection type
Radial output
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
K10
PUR cable 10 m
K15
PUR cable 15 m
SR32
Connector
Radial output
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
K10
PUR cable 10 m
K15
PUR cable 15 m

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

Axial output
KA02
PUR cable 2 m
KA05
PUR cable 5 m
KA10
PUR cable 10 m
KA15
PUR cable 15 m
S32
Connector
111

Compact Rod Series
Digital pulse interface

short and
economical

P Interface
Compatible with BTA processors as well as controllers and modules
from various manufacturers including Siemens, B & R, Phoenix
Contact, Mitsubishi, Sigmatek, Parker, Esitron and WAGO. Reliable
signal transmission, even over cable lengths up to 500 m between
BTA and BTL, is assured by the noise-immune RS485 differential line
drivers and receivers. Noise signals are effectively suppressed.

M interface
The I and M interfaces are control-specific interface variations.

Block diagram of P interface

Highly precise digitizing of the P pulse signal
Companies developing their own control and processing electronics
can create a highly accurate P interface cost effectively and
with minimum effort using the Balluff digitizing chip. The digitizing
chip was developed as a high-resolution, configurable ASIC for
Micropulse transducers with P interface.

Digitizing chip 44QFP

Benefits
– Position resolution 1 µm!
The 1 µm resolution of the Micropulse distance measurement
system is achieved by the high resolution of the digitizing chip
(133 pS) (Clock frequency 2 or 20 MHz).
– Position data from 4 magnets can be processed simultaneously
– 4/8-bit processor interface
5V

Osc.

SSD

Micropulse transducer with 1 to
4 magnets
4/8-bit
bus

INIT

CPU
controller

P pulse signal

Controller or
processing electronics

Ordering example:
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-_ _-_ _ _ _-C
Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000, 4250, 4500, 5000, 5250, 5500
or in 5 mm increments on request.

112

Housing
HB
WB

Connection type
Radial output
F05
Teflon cable 5 m
Axial output
FA05
Teflon cable 5 m

ASIC INFO:
+49 7158 173-370

Compact Rod Series
Digital pulse interface

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Resolution
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin Color
Input/Output
Input
1
YE
signals
Output 2
GY
Input
3
PK
Output 5
GN
Operating voltage
6
BU
7
BN
8
WH

BTL5 Compact rod
Pulse P
Pulse P
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
processing-dependent
2 µm or ±1 digit depending on processing electronics
≤ 2 µm
≤ 4 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz = ≤ 1400 mm
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0,02 % 500...5500 mm nominal stroke
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-P1-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
+24 V DC

K
Installation
notes
General
data

Connect shield to housing

H
Installation
notes
General
data

■ Please enter the code for the nominal
stroke, housing and connection type in the
ordering code.

W

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

HB/WB

Installation
notes
General
data
Installation
notes
General
data

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
(for Compact rod H)
Connectors, page 148/149

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

Ordering example:

CANopen
interface

BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

AR

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000, 4250, 4500, 5000, 5250, 5500
or in 5 mm increments on request.

■ www.balluff.com

General
data

Housing
K

H
W

Connection type

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Radial output
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
K10
PUR cable 10 m
K15
PUR cable 15 m
SR32
Connector
Radial output
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
K10
PUR cable 10 m
K15
PUR cable 15 m

Installation
notes

Axial output
KA02
PUR cable 2 m
KA05
PUR cable 5 m
KA10
PUR cable 10 m
KA15
PUR cable 15 m
S32
Connector
113

Compact Rod Series
SSI interface

Super-fast 2.5 kHz
sampling rate

Standard SSI interface
Controllers from Siemens, Bosch-Rexroth, WAGO, B & R, Parker,
Esitron, PEP etc. as well as Balluff BDD-AM 10-1-SSD and
BDD-CC 08-1-SSD display/controllers are used for synchronous
serial data transmission.
Reliable signal transmission, even with cable lengths of up to 400 m
between controller and BTL transducer is assured by noise-immune
RS485/422 differential line drivers and receivers. Any noise signals
are effectively suppressed.

Processor
or
controller

Transducer
BTL5-S1...

BTL5-S1... with processor/controller, wiring example

Synchronized SSI interface BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
Micropulse transducers with synchronized SSI interface are suitable for dynamic control applications. The data acquisition in the
transducer is synchronized with the external clock of the controller,
permitting an optimum calculation of the velocity in the controller.
The prerequisite for this synchronous mode of transducer operation
is consistent clock signal timing.
The maximum sampling frequency fA, at which a new current
value is generated for each sample, can be derived from the following table:

Clock frequency depends on the cable length

mm

120
475
750
1250
2600

mm
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke
< Nominal stroke

Cable length
< 25 m
< 50 m
< 100 m
< 200 m
< 400 m

≤ 120
≤ 475
≤ 750
≤ 1250
≤ 2600
≤ 4000

Hz
:
:
:
:
:
:

2500
2000
1500
1000
500
333

Clock frequency
< 1000 kHz
< 500 kHz
< 400 kHz
< 200 kHz
< 100 kHz

Ordering example:
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_ _-_ _ _ _-C

Coding
0

1

6

7

114

Binary code
rising
(24 bit)
Gray code
rising
(24 bit)
Binary code
rising
(25 bit)
Gray code
rising
(25 bit)

System
resolution
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1 µm
5 µm
10 µm
20 µm
40 µm
100 µm
2 µm

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request

Housing
HB
WB

Connection type
Radial output
F05
Teflon cable 5 m
Axial output
FA05
Teflon cable 5 m

short and
synchronized

Compact Rod Series
SSI interface

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Part number synchronization
System resolution depending on version (LSB)
Repeat accuracy
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and data
1
YE
signals
2
GY
3
PK
5
GN
Operating
6
BU
voltage (external)
7
BN
8
WH

BTL5 rod
synchronous serial
S
synchronous serial
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 40 or 100 µm
±1 digit
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 2 kHz
±30 µm at 5 and 10 µm resolution or ≤ ±2 LSB
(6 µm + +5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤80 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
+Clk
+Data
–Clk
–Data
GND
+24 V DC
must remain unconnected

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Clock sequence

Installation
notes
General
data

■ Please enter the code for the coding,
system resolution, nominal stroke, design and
connection type in the ordering code!
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

W
Installation
notes

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/149

General
data
HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data

Ordering example:
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Coding
0

1

6

7

Binary code
rising
(24 bit)
Gray code
rising
(24 bit)
Binary code
rising
(25 bit)
Gray code
rising
(25 bit)

System
resolution
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1 µm
5 µm
10 µm
20 µm
40 µm
100 µm
2 µm

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm increments on request

Ordering code for SSI interface with synchronization to clock (dynamic control applications)
insert the letter B! BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _
■ www.balluff.com

Housing
K

H
W

SSI
interface

Connection type
Output radial
K02
PUR cable
K05
PUR cable
K10
PUR cable
K15
PUR cable
SR32
connector
Output radial
K02
PUR cable
K05
PUR cable
K10
PUR cable
K15
PUR cable
Output axial
KA02
PUR cable
KA05
PUR cable
KA10
PUR cable
KA15
PUR cable
S32
connector

CANopen
interface

2m
5m
10 m
15 m

AR
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

2m
5m
10 m
15 m

Installation
notes

2m
5m
10 m
15 m

115

Compact Rod Series
CANopen® interface

User-friendly hardware
and software set-up

Synchronization Object (SYNC)
Serves as a net-wide trigger for synchronizing all network participants. When the SYNC object is received, all Micropulse transducers
connected to the bus store their current position and velocity
information and then send it sequentially to the controller. This assures time-synchronous acquisition of the measured values.

CANopen interface
Based on CAN (ISO/IEC 7498 and DIN ISO 11898), CANopen provides a Layer-7 implementation for industrial CAN networks.
The serial data protocol of the CAN specification is defined according to the producer-consumer principle as opposed to most other
fieldbus protocols. This eliminates target addressing of the process
data. Each bus station decides for itself how the received data are
processed.
The CANopen interface of the Micropulse transducer is compatible
with CANopen conforming with CiA Standard DS301 Rev. 3.0 as
well as with CAL and Layer 2 CAN networks.

LED
Display of the CANopen status to DS303-3

CAN-BUS features
– Line topology, star structure also possible via repeaters
– Low-cost wiring with two-wire cable
– Fast response times, high data integrity using CRC, hamming
distance of 6
– 1 MBit/s with cable lengths < 25 m
– Protocol limits number of stations to 127
– Using multiple magnets: A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be
maintained.
CANopen offers a high level of flexibility with respect to functionality
and data exchange. Using a standard data sheet in the form of an
EDS file it is easy to link the Micropulse transducers to any CANopen
system.
Process Data Object (PDO)
12 Micropulse transducers send their position information optionally
in one, two or four PDOs with 8 bytes of data each. The contents
of the PDOs are freely configurable. The following information can be
sent:
– Current magnet position with resolution in 5 µm increments
– Current velocity of the magnet with resolution selectable in
0.1mm/s increments
– Current status of the four freely programmable cams per magnet.

FMM
The sensor can be operated as a 4-magnet type, whereby the sensor itself recognizes how many magnets are currently active.
So if only two magnets are positioned in the measuring range, a valid
value is output for the first two positions and a defined error value for
positions 3 and 4.
Emergency Object
This object is sent with the highest priority and is used for example
for error messages when the cam states change.
Service Data Object (SDO)
Service Data Objects transmit the parameters for the transducer
configuration. The transducer may be configured on the bus by
the controller or offline using a PC with a configuration tool which
runs under Windows. The configuration is stored in the non-volatile
memory of the transducer.

CiA 199911-301v30/11-009

Use of multiple magnets
A minimum spacing of > 65 mm must be maintained.

Ordering example:
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_ _-_ _ _ _-C

Software
configuration
1
2
3

116

1 × position and
1 × velocity
2 × position and
2 × velocity
4 × position

Baud rate
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
800
500
250
125
100
50
20
10

MBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100,
0125, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400,
0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200,
1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000,
3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000 or in 5 mm
increments on request.

Housing
HB
WB

Connection type
Radial output
K05
PUR cable 5 m
Axial output
KA05
PUR cable 5 m

Compact Rod Series
CANopen® interface

Position +
Velocity

BTL5 rod
CANopen
H
CANopen
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-...
potential-free
±1 digit
5 µm increments
0.1 mm/s increments
≤ 1 digit
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±30 µm at 5 µm resolution
(6 µm + 5 ppm × L)/°C
20...28 V DC
≤ 100 mA
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
< 25
< 50
< 100
1000
800
500

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
CANopen Version
Repeat accuracy
System resolution
Position
configurable
Velocity
Hysteresis
Sampling rate
max. non-linearity
Temperature coefficient of overall system
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Cable length [m] per CiA DS301
Baud rate [kBaud] per CiA DS301
Pin assignments
Pin
Color
Control and
1
WH
data signals
2
BN
3
BU
4
GY
5
GN

< 250
250

< 500
125

< 1000
100

< 1250
50

< 2500
20/10

CAN_GND
+24 V
0 V (GND)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Installation
notes
General
data

■ Please enter the code for the software
configuration, baud rate, nominal stroke
and housing in the ordering code. Cable on
request.

W
Installation
notes
General
data

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96
Mounting nuts, page 97
Connectors, page 148/149

Analog
interface

Using the CANopen interface and cable lengths up to 2500 m, the
signal is sent at a length-dependent baud rate to the controller. The
high noise immunity of the connection is achieved using differential
drivers and by the data monitoring scheme.

Ordering example:

Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface

BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-_-_ _ _ _

AR

Software
configuration
1
2
3

1 × position and
1 × velocity
2 × position and
2 × velocity
4 × position

■ www.balluff.com

Baud rate
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

1
800
500
250
125
100
50
20
10

MBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125,
0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250,
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375,
0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250,
3500, 3750, 3850, 4000 or in
5 mm increments on request.

General
data

Housing
K

H
W

Connection type
Radial output
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
SR92
Connector

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

Radial output
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
Axial output
KA02
PUR cable 2 m
KA05
PUR cable 5 m
S92
Connector
117

AR Rod Series
General data

Position detection in
mobile hydraulics
Sensors are being used increasingly to extend the useful life and
improve safety in mobile equipment. The new Micropulse AR
transducer from Balluff senses
the piston position in mobile
hydraulic cylinders.
The sensor operates according
to the proven magnetostrictive
principle. The compact size of
the transducer makes it ideal for
use in pivot bearing and spherical eye end cylinders or large
bore cylinders. The processing
electronics integrated in the
transducer have been designed
to meet the strict EMC Directives
for industrial lift trucks, agricultural and forestry equipment and
earthmoving machinery.

Compatibility testing
according to EMC Directives
ISO 14982 Agricultural and
Forestry Machinery
ISO 13766 Earthmoving
Machinery
ISO 7637-1/2/3
Road Vehicles
EN 12895 Industrial Trucks
EN 50121-3-2
Railway Applications
ISO 11452-5 Electromagnetic
HF field, 200 V/m
e1 type approval
The e1 type approval is granted
by the German Federal Motor
Transport Authority KBA and
confirms that special motor
vehicle standards have been
maintained. The devices may be
mounted on vehicles which travel
on public roads. The standards
describe EMC conditions under
which the devices must operate
without failure. e1 approved
Micropulse transducers are
indicated by the designation
"-SA265-" in the part number.

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

118

Integrated in cylinders for
controlled work processes

Series
Shock load
Continuous shock
Vibration
Polarity reversal protected
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Pressure rating with 10.2 mm outer tube E2
Pressure rating with 8 mm outer tube E28
Connection type
EMC tests:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Surge voltage
Line-induced disturbances
Magnetic fields
Standard nominal strokes [mm]
with 8 mm outer tube
(style E28) is the max. nominal
stroke 1016 mm

e1

BTL6 rod AR
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
50 g/2 ms
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
yes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67
Stainless steel outer tube 1.4571, stainless steel flange 1.4404
350 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
250 bar installed in hydraulic cylinder
Cable connection or pigtail
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A/B
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-5 Severity Level 2
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-8 Severity Level 4
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250,
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1524 or 1 mm increments on
request

AR Rod Series
General data

Housing E2/E28
BTL6-...-E2/E28-_ _ _ _-KA
Cable outlet
axial centric

Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

BTL6-A/B
BTL6-E
BTL6-P
E2
E28

B
25.2
29.75
25.2
A
10.2
8

C
13
13
16
G
Thread M4×4/6 deep
without thread

K
Installation
notes

Housing E2/E28
BTL6-...-E2/E28-_ _ _ _-LA
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Cable outlet
axial with pigtail

General
data

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

H
Installation
notes

Magnet

General
data
W
Installation
notes

BTL6-A/B
BTL6-E
BTL6-P
E2
E28

B
25.7
30.25
25.7
A
10.2
8

General
data
HB/WB
Installation
notes

G
Thread M4×4/6 deep
without thread

General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Housing E2/E28
BTL6-...-E2/E28-_ _ _ _-KE
Cable outlet
axial eccentric

SSI
interface
Nominal stroke = measuring range

CANopen
interface

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

Magnet

AR
General
data
Analog
interface

BTL6-A/B
BTL6-E
BTL6-P
E2
E28

■ www.balluff.com

B
25.2
29.75
25.2
A
10.2
8

C
13
13
16
G
Thread M4×4/6 deep
without thread

Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

119

AR Rod Series
Analog interface

The propagation time of an ultrasonic wave induced by magnetostriction is used to determine the position of the magnet.
The position is output as an analog value which rises. This is done
with high precision and repeatability within the measuring range designated as the nominal stroke length. If there is no magnet within the
measuring range, an error signal is output. There is a damping zone
at the rod end. When an magnet is in this zone the output is spurious. The electrical connection between the transducer, the controller
and the power supply is established using a cable or pigtail.

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage
Output current
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance
System resolution
Hysteresis
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate
max. non-linearity

Temperature
voltage output
Current output
coefficient
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Color
Output signals
GY
GN
Operating voltage
BU
BN
Connect shield to housing

Magnet position
1 Within the measuring range
2 Magnet not present

■ Please enter the code for the output signal,
nominal stroke, housing and connection type
in the ordering code!

Output signal
Error signal

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96

Output signal rising

120

AR Rod Series
Analog interface

BTL6 rod AR
analog
A
analog
BTL6-A500-M_ _ _ _-_ _ _-_ _ _ _
0...10 V

BTL6 rod AR
analog
B
analog
BTL6-B500-M_ _ _ _-_ _ _-_ _ _ _
0...5 V

max. 2 mA
≤ 5 mV

max. 2 mA
≤ 2 mV

± 1.5 mV
≤ 5 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 % ≥ 500 nominal stroke

± 1.5 mV
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 % ≥ 500 nominal stroke

[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
10...30 V DC
typ. ≤ 60 mA
yes
yes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-A500...
0 V Output
0...10 V
GND
10...30 V DC

[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
10...30 V DC
typ. ≤ 60 mA
yes
yes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-B500...
0 V Output
0...5 V
GND
10...30 V DC

BTL6 rod AR
analog
E
analog
BTL6-E500-M_ _ _ _-_ _ _-_ _ _ _
4...20 mA

≤ 500 ohms
± 7 µA
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 1 kHz
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 % ≥ 500 nominal stroke
[150 µV/°C + (5 ppm/°C × P × U/L)] × ΔT
[0.6 µA/°C + (10 ppm/°C × P × I/L)] × ΔT
10...30 V DC
typ. ≤ 60 mA
yes
yes
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-E500...
0 V Output
4...20 mA
GND
10...30 V DC

K
Installation
notes
General
data
H
Installation
notes
General
data
W
Installation
notes
General
data
HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface

Ordering example:

CANopen
interface

BTL6-_500-M_ _ _ _-_ _ _-_ _ _ _ _
AR

Output
signal
A 0...10 V
B 0...5 V
E 4...20 mA

■ www.balluff.com

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100,
0125, 0150, 0175, 0200,
0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400,
0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200,
1300, 1400, 1500, 1524
or in 1 mm increments
on request

General
data

Housing
E2

Outer tube
Ø 10.2 mm
E28 Outer tube
Ø 8 mm, max.
nominal stroke
1016 mm

Connection type

Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Axial output
KA02
PUR cable 2 m
KA05
PUR cable 5 m
KA10
PUR cable 10 m
KA15
PUR cable 15 m
KA20
PUR cable 20 m
Axial eccentric output
KE02
PUR cable 2 m
KE05
PUR cable 5 m
KE10
PUR cable 10 m
KE15
PUR cable 15 m
KE20
PUR cable 20 m

Installation
notes

Axial output
LA00.3 PUR pigtail 0.3 m

121

AR Rod Series
Digital pulse interface P510

P510 interface
Compatible with Balluff BTA processors as well as controllers and
modules from various manufacturers, including Siemens, B & R,
Bosch, Phoenix Contact, Mitsubishi, Sigmatek, Parker, Esitron and
WAGO. Reliable signal transmission, even over cable lengths up to
500 m between BTA and transducer is assured by the noise-immune
RS485 differential line drivers and receivers. Noise signals are effectively suppressed.

Universal P510 for rising and falling edge evaluation
As a consequence of different control philosophies, digital pulse
interfaces are available in two different types depending on the
controller.
The difference lies in how the edges are processed. The falling
edges are processed in the "P interface" and the rising edges in the
"M interface".
To reduce the number of different models to a minimum, the "P510
interface" was created as a universal pulse interface which combines
both functions. The reference point for the propagation time measurement is the "start pulse".

Extremely precise digitizing chip for P510 pulse interface
Companies developing their own control and processing electronics
can create a highly accurate P interface cost effectively and with minimum effort using the Balluff digitizing chip. The digitizing chip was
developed as a high-resolution, configurable ASIC for Micropulse
transducers with P interface.

Block diagram of P interface

Digitizing chip 44QFP

Benefits
– High resolution: the actual 1 µm of the BTL is fully supported
by the 133 ps resolution of the chip (at low clock frequency 2 or
20 MHz)
– Position data from 4 magnets can be processed simultaneously
– 4/8-bit processor interface
5V

Osc.

4/8bit
BUS

INIT

CPU
controller

Controller or processing
electronics

ASIC INFO: +49 7158 173-370

122

Micropulse transducer with 1 to
4 magnets

P pulse signal

AR Rod Series
Digital pulse interface P510

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
System resolution
Repeat accuracy
Repeatability
Resolution
Non-linearity
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Pin assignments
Input/Output
Input
signals
Output
Input
Output
Operating voltage

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN

BTL6 rod AR
Pulse P510
Pulse P510
BTL6-P510-M_ _ _ _-_ _ _- _ _ _ _ _
processing-dependent
≤ 10 µm
≤ 20 µm
≤ 10 µm
±200 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
typ. ±0.02 %, max.. ±0.04 % 500...1500 mm nominal stroke
10...30 V DC
≤ 60 mA (at 1kHz)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL6-P510-M...
INIT
START/STOP
INIT
START/STOP
GND
10...30 V DC

K
Installation
notes

Connect shield to housing

General
data
H

■ Please enter the code for the nominal
stroke, housing and connection type in the
ordering code.

P1

P510

M1

Installation
notes
General
data

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

W

Please order separately:
Magnets/floats, page 96

HB/WB

Installation
notes
General
data
Installation
notes
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface

Ordering example:

SSI
interface

BTL6-P510-M_ _ _ _-_ _ _-_ _ _ _ _

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1524
or in 1 mm increments on request

CANopen
interface
AR

Housing
E2

Outer tube
Ø 10.2 mm
E28 Outer tube
Ø 8 mm, max.
nominal stroke
1016 mm

Connection type
Axial output
KA02
PUR cable 2 m
KA05
PUR cable 5 m
KA10
PUR cable 10 m
KA15
PUR cable 15 m
KA20
PUR cable 20 m

General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

Axial eccentric output
KE02
PUR cable 2 m
KE05
PUR cable 5 m
KE10
PUR cable 10 m
KE15
PUR cable 15 m
KE20
PUR cable 20 m

■ www.balluff.com

Axial output
LA00.3 PUR pigtail 0.3 m

123

AR Rod Series
Installation notes

Series AR BTL Micropulse transducers are designed for integration
in hydraulic cylinders. The transducer is supported mechanically by
the housing. Three M5 set screws spaced at an angle of 120 °C hold
the transducer, which fits into a Ø 48 H8 hole.
Sealing is accomplished using the supplied O-ring and support ring.
The magnet integrated in the piston marks the actual position of the
piston without making contact.

The metal surrounding of the cylinder eliminates the need for a cable shield when the BTL AR...LA, cable outlet pigtail version
is installed in the cylinder. The pigtail version cannot be used without additional EMC protection (shield).

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

124

AR Rod Series
Installation notes

Set screw
DIN 914 M5×8

Installation examples

1

Magnet

1 Installation on piston side,
in magnetic piston material
2 Installation from rear,
in magnetic piston material
3 Installation on piston side

Non-magnetizable spacer

2

Magnet

Fixing the
transducer using
three M5 set screws
spaced 120 °C

Non-magnetizable spacer

K
Installation
notes

3

Magnet

General
data
H
Installation
notes
General
data
W

non-magnetizable material

Installation
notes
General
data
HB/WB
Installation
notes
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
SSI
interface
CANopen
interface
AR
General
data
Analog
interface
Digital
pulse
interface
Installation
notes

■ www.balluff.com

125

126

Rod Series EX
Contents

T

EX
Filling level sensor in zone 0/1
Transducer in zone 1
Dex rod series, general data
J-DEXC rod series, general data
PEX rod series, general data
NEX rod series, general data
Floats and magnets

128
129
130
132
134
135
136

T
Redundant

138

Many applications require the use of distance sensors in potentially
explosive areas. Flameproof magnetostrictive Micropulse transducers are available in a wide range of designs for use in zone 0 and 1.

■ www.balluff.com

127

Rod Series EX
Filling level sensor in zone 0/1

BTL5-_1-M....-B-DEXA-_ _ _
The "DEXA" rod version is the safe and reliable approach to level
applications in Zone 0. The float is protected against loss by a cotter
pin. Floats, page 136
Applications
– Filling stations
– Tank systems
– Refineries
– Chemical industry
– Pharmaceuticals

Zone 1

Zone 0
Installation examples

Caution! Prior to design, installation and startup, please read
the instructions in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

Rod Series EX
Transducer in zone 1

BTL5-_1-M....-B-DEXB-_ _
The BTL can be used to sense the position of a hydraulic piston
directly without making contact, even up to pressures of 600 bar.
The BTL is threaded into the head of the cylinder. The rod section
enters a drilled hole in the piston.
Applications
– Position feedback in hydraulic cylinders
– Valve positioning in power plants
– Dosimetry
– Positioning spray guns

EX
Filling level
sensor
in zone 0/1
Transducer
in zone 1
Rod DEX
Rod J-DEXC
Rod PEX
Rod NEX
Floats
and
magnets
T
Redundant

Installation
The Micropulse transducer BTL has a mounting thread M18×1.5.
We recommend that the mounting is made of non-magnetizable
material.
If magnetizable materials are used, the installation must be carried
out as shown in the drawing below. Sealing is at the flange mounting
surface using the supplied O-ring 15.4×2.1 with M18×1.5 thread.

O-ring groove

Insertion hole
per ISO 6149

General linear positioning in zone 1

■ www.balluff.com

129

Rod Series DEX
General data

Flameproof "d"
Ex d IIB + H2 T6, stainless steel

Pressure rated to 600 bar, high repeatability, non-contact, robust
The BTL Micropulse transducer is a robust position feedback system
for measuring ranges between 25 and 4000 mm as well as use
under extreme ambient conditions.
Ex protection type "d" flameproof enclosure
Transducers designated Ex d IIB + H2 T6 meet the requirements for
electrical devices in explosive atmospheres. When using you must
follow the relevant safety regulations, such as:
– Explosion protection guidelines (EX-RL)
– Constructing electrical equipment in potentially explosive areas
(VDE 0165)
– Protection type "d", flameproof enclosure (EN 60079-1)

ATEX

Transducers from category II 1/2 G designated Ex d IIB+H2 T6 meet
the requirements for electrical devices in areas containing potentially
explosive gases. Requirements for areas containing flammable
dust are also fulfilled in accordance with category II 3D designated
Ex tD IP67 T85°C, A zone 22.

Zone 1
partition
Zone 0

Analog interface no null or end point trim possible, see page 110 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-_-DEX_-_ _ _ _

Output signal
A11 0...10 V and 10...0 V,
Rising and falling
E10 4...20 mA, rising
E17 20...4 mA, falling
C10 0...20 mA, rising
C17 20...0 mA, falling
G11 –10...10 V and
10...–10 V,
Rising and falling

Standard nominal stroke [mm] Housing
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125,
0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250,
0275, 0300, 0325, 0350, 0375,
0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500,
0550, 0600, 0650, 0700, 0750,
0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000,
2250, 2500, 2750, 3000, 3250,
3500, 3750, 3850, 4000 or
in 5 mm increments on request

B
J

Rod end
A Float stop
B Short stop

Connection type
Axial cable outlet,
housing B only
KA02 PUR cable 2 m
KA05 PUR cable 5 m
KA10 PUR cable 10 m
KA15 PUR cable 15 m
Radial cable outlet
K02
PUR cable 2 m
K05
PUR cable 5 m
K10
PUR cable 10 m
K15
PUR cable 15 m

Digital pulse interface, see page 112 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-_1-M_ _ _ _-B-DEX_-_ _ _ _

Interface
P
M
I

Pulse interface P
Pulse interface M
Pulse interface I

Standard nominal stroke [mm]
see above
analog interface DEX

Rod end
A Float stop
B Short stop

Connection type
see above
analog interface DEX

SSI interface, see page 114 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-B-DEX_-_ _ _ _
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-B-DEX _-_ _ _ _

Coding
0
1
6
7
130

Binary code rising (24 bit)
Gray code rising (24 bit)
Binary code rising (25 bit)
Gray code rising (25 bit)

System
resolution
1
2
3
4
5

1 µm
5 µm
10 µm
20 µm
40 µm

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
see above
analog interface DEX

Rod end
A Float stop
B Short stop

Connection type
see above
analog interface DEX

Rod Series DEX
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Operating temperature
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Flange and tube material
Housing attachment
Connection type
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields

BTL5 Compact rod, Ex
BTL5-_1-M_ _ _ _ _ -_-DEX_-_ _ _ _
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27 and 100 g/2 ms per IEC 60068-2-29
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
–40...+60 °C
yes
Transzorb protection diodes
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67
Stainless steel 1.4305
Tube stainless steel 1.4571, flange 1.4571 or 1.4429 or 1.4404
Thread M18×1.5, 3/4"-16 UNF on request
Cable connection
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 4
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3

Housing B, metric mounting thread
cable outlet axial, radial
B: 30
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Damping zone
(non-usable area)

EX
Thread
M4×4, 6 deep

Magnet

Filling level
sensor
in zone 0/1
Transducer
in zone 1

Short safety stop
BTL5...B-DEXB-KA_ _

Rod DEX
Rod J-DEXC
Rod PEX

Thread M18×1.5

Rod NEX
Safety stop
BTL5...B-DEXA-KA_ _

Mounting surface

Floats
and
magnets
T
Redundant

Housing J, flange ∅ 18 mm, PCD ∅ 76.2 mm,
Radial cable outlet
J: 30
Nominal stroke = measuring range

Magnet

Damping zone
(non-usable area)
Thread
M4×4, 6 deep

Short safety stop
BTL5...J-DEXB-K_ _

Mounting surface

■ Please enter the code for the
output signal, interface, coding,
nominal stroke, housing, rod
end and connection type in the
ordering code!

■ www.balluff.com

Safety stop
BTL5...J-DEXA-K_ _

■ Included:
– Transducer
– User guide
Please order separately:
Magnets, page 96
Floats, page 136

Caution! Prior to design, installation and startup, please read
the instructions in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

131

Rod Series J-DEXC
General data

Flameproof enclosure

Analog interface, see page 76/77 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12
Output signal
A51 0...10 V and 10...0 V,
rising and falling
E50 4...20 mA, rising
E57 20...4 mA, falling
C50 0...20 mA, rising
C57 20...0 mA, falling
G51 –10...10 V and
10...–10 V,
rising and falling

CE 0518
II 1/2 GD

Standard nominal stroke [mm]

Connection type

0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175,
0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550,
0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000,
4250 or in 5 mm increments on request

TA12 = 1/2" - 14 NPT
internal thread
Class I, Division I,
Groups A, B, C and D
Class II/III, Division I,
Groups E, F, and G
T6 Ta = 65°C,
T5 Ta = 80°C
Version 4X/6P

Programming tool for null point and end point BTL5-A-EH03
Class I Zone 1
AEx d IIC
T6 Ta = 65°C,
T5 Ta = 80°C

Digital pulse interface, see page 84/85 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-_1-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12
Interface
P Pulse interface P
M Pulse interface M
I
Pulse interface I

Standard nominal stroke [mm]

Connection type

see above
Analog interface J-DEXC

TA12 = 1/2" - 14 NPT
internal thread
EX d IIC T6
Ta = 65°C,
T5 Ta = 80°C
IP 68
SIRA 04 ATEX 1290

SSI interface, see page 86/87 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12

System
resolution

Coding
0
1
6
7

Binary code rising (24 bit)
Gray code rising (24 bit)
Binary code rising (25 bit)
Gray code rising (25 bit)

1
2
3
4
5

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
see above
Analog interface
J-DEX max. 4000 mm

1 µm
5 µm
10 µm
20 µm
40 µm

Connection type
TA12 = 1/2" - 14 NPT
internal thread

CANopen interface, see page 88/89 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12

Software configuration
1
2

1 × position and
1 × velocity
2 × position and
2 × velocity

Baud
rate
0
1
2
3

1 MBaud
800 kBaud
500 kBaud
250 kBaud

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
4
5
6
7
8

125
100
50
20
10

kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud
kBaud

see above
Analog interface
J-DEXC max. 4000 mm

Connection type
TA12 = 1/2" - 14 NPT
internal thread

PROFIBUS DP interface, see page 90/91 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12

Software configuration
1
2
132

1 × position and
1 × velocity
2 × position and
2 × velocity

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
see above
Analog interface
J-DEXC max. 4000 mm

Connection type
TA12 = 1/2" - 14 NPT
internal thread

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

International
approval!

Rod Series J-DEXC
General data

Series
Part number
Shock load
Vibration
Operating temperature
Storage temperature range
Degree of protection
Housing material
Outer tube
Pressure rating
Connection type
Cable entry
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Conducted interference induced
by high-frequency fields

BTL5_ _-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12
BTL5-_ _-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12
100 g/6 ms per IEC 60068-2-27
12 g, 10...2000 Hz per IEC 60068-2-6
–20...+80 °C
–40...+100 °C
IP 68
Stainless steel Nitronics 60
1.4571 stainless steel
600 bar max.
Screw terminals
Ex cable gland BTL-A-AD09-M-00EX
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A
IEC 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3

Housing J-DEXC
Flange ∅ 18 mm, PCD ∅ 76.2 mm

EX

Nominal stroke = measuring range

Filling level
sensor
in zone 0/1
Transducer
in zone 1

Magnet

Rod DEX
Rod J-DEXC
Rod PEX
Rod NEX
Floats
and
magnets

1/2"-14 NPT

T
Redundant

Mounting surface

The Micropulse transducer J-DEXC has been specially developed
for use in hazardous areas. The J-DEXC system fulfills demanding
requirements in the oil and gas industry for high reliability and ease
of servicing.
J-DEXC comprises a robust flameproof Ex housing and an electronics module that is easily accessed and exchanged for servicing.
Spare electronics modules can be ordered from Balluff Service Dept.
Applications:
– Hydraulic or pneumatically actuated valves
– Clutch travel monitoring for compressors
– Level monitoring
– Level control
– Position sensing for hydraulic cylinders in hazardous areas

■ Please enter the code for the output signal, interface, coding,
system solution, software configuration, baud rate, nominal stroke
and connection type in the ordering code!
■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

■ www.balluff.com

Interface
Analog A, E, C, digital P, M, I, SSI
PROFIBUS-DP, CANopen

A (mm)
104.12
135.62

B (mm)
96.12
127.62

C (mm)
59.5
91

CSA/AEx
AEx de Class I, Zone I,
Groups I & IIC
Class I, Division I & 2,
Groups A, B, C, D
Class II & III, Groups
E, F, G

1/2" NPT thread

Cable gland
1/2" - 14 NPT to
M20 metric
BTL-A-AD09-M-00EX
M20 thread

CENELEC
SIRA 00A TEX1094
EX de I & IIC
I M2, II 2 GD

Please order separately:
Magnets, page 97
Floats, page 136

133

Rod Series PEX
General data

Dust protection zone 22 II 3 D T 90°C X

Dust protection zone 22
Devices in these categories are intended for use in areas where
swirling dust is not expected to create an explosive atmosphere. The
probability is extremely small. Even if it were to occur, it would be
only for a short time.
A manufacturer's certificate with the designation
II 3 D T 90°C X
is provided to confirm that the transducer code satisfies requirements for the use of electrical equipment in areas with inflammable
dust.

Digital pulse interface, see page 84/85 for technical data
Ordering example:
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-_-PEX-KA02

Standard nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175,
0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550,
0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000,
4250, 4500, 4750, 5000, 5250, 5500 or
in 5 mm increments on request.

Housing
B M18×1.5
Z 3/4"-16UNF

Connection type
PUR cable 2 m

Caution! Prior to design, installation and startup, please read
the instructions in the user guide!
www.balluff.com

134

Protection type
"n" for zone 2

Rod Series NEX
General data

Protection type "n"
designated "EEx n"
Devices in these categories are intended for use in areas where an
explosive atmosphere is not expected. The probability is extremely
small. Even if it were to occur, it would be only for a short time.
A manufacturer's certificate is provided, confirming that the product
satisfies requirements for the use of electrical equipment in potentially explosive areas.
Several methods of flameproofing are combined under the designation.

Housing K, see page 110/111 for analog interface and page 112/113 for digital pulse interface
Ordering example:
BTL5-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-K-NEX-_ _ _ _
EX

Output signal
A11
E10
E17
C10
C17
P1

0...10 V and 10...0 V
4...20 mA, rising
20...4 mA, falling
0...20 mA, rising
20...0 mA, falling
Pulse interface P

Standard nominal stroke [mm]

Connection type

0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175,
0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300, 0325, 0350,
0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550,
0600, 0650, 0700, 0750, 0800, 0850, 0900,
0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500,
1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850, 4000,
4250, 4500 or in 5 mm increments on
request.

SR32 with connector plug
K05 PUR cable 5 m

Filling level
sensor
in zone 0/1
Transducer
in zone 1
Rod DEX
Rod J-DEXC
Rod PEX
Rod NEX
Floats
and
magnets
T
Redundant

Rod series, see page 76/77 for analog interface and page 84/85 for digital pulse interface
Ordering example:
BTL5-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-_-NEX-_ _ _ _

Output signal
A11
E10
E17
C10
C17
P1

0...10 V and 10...0 V
4...20 mA, rising
20...4 mA, falling
0...20 mA, rising
20...0 mA, falling
Pulse interface P

■ Please enter the code
for the output signal, nominal
stroke, housing and connection
type in the ordering code!

■ www.balluff.com

Standard nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500,
2750, 3000, 3250, 3500, 3750, 3850,
4000, 4250, 4500 or
in 5 mm increments on request.

Housing
B M18×1.5
Z 3/4"-16UNF

Connection type
S32
K05

with connector plug
PUR cable 5 m

Please order separately:
Magnets, page 97
Floats, page 136
Connectors, page 148/149

135

Rod Series EX
Floats and Magnets

Floats (Zone 0)

User-friendly hardware
and software set-up

BTL2-S-4414-4Z-Ex
Cylindrical float, zone 0 permitted up to density ρ ≥ 0,7 g/cm3

Orientation:
Raised dimple on upper side of float

BTL2-S-4414-4Z01-Ex
Cylindrical float, zone 0, density of float ρ = 0.85 g/cm3 for liquid
interface sensing
Orientation:
2 raised dimples on upper side of float
Interface
A second float can be added to measure the position of the interface
between two liquids, such as oil and condensed water.
Suitable: BTL2-S-4414-4Z01-Ex.

BTL2-A-DH01-E-32-Ex
Spacer sleeve for the float:
BTL2-S-4414-4Z-Ex
BTL2-S-4414-4Z01-Ex
BTL2-S-5113-4K-Ex
The sleeve is included.

136

Rod Series EX
Floats and Magnets

BTL2-S-5113-4K-Ex
Ball float, zone 0 permitted up to density ρ ≥ 0,7 g/cm3
Orientation:
Raised dimple on upper side of float

BTL2-S-6216-8P-Ex
Parabolic float, approved up to ρ ≥ 0,6 g/cm3

Float model
BTL2-S-6216-8P-Ex
BTL2-S-5113-4K-Ex
BTL2-S-4414-4Z-Ex
BTL2-S-4414-4Z01-Ex

Immersion depths assuming
ρ = 1 g/cm3 (H2O)
ss ~ 41 mm
ss ~ 26 mm
ss ~ 30 mm
ss ~ 45 mm

ρ = 0.7 g/cm3
ss ~ 57 mm
ss ~ 40 mm
ss ~ 39 mm
submerges

See technical data on page 96
EX
Filling level
sensor
in zone 0/1

Magnets (Zone 1)
for installation in
hydraulic cylinders

See page 97

Transducer
in zone 1
Rod DEX
Rod J-DEXC
Rod PEX
Rod NEX

Processors,
digital displays

See page 163

Floats
and
magnets
T
Redundant

■ www.balluff.com

137

Rod Series T
Redundant

Three times safer!

Special series
Difficult applications often make special demands on the sensors.
Balluff meets these requirements with transducers that have been
specified and developed in conjunction with the system integrator.
Behind this is a large, highly motivated Micropulse development
team as well as Balluff's own EMC Testing Laboratory and shock
and vibration test centers.
The "3-in-1" transducer!
– 2 or 3-way redundant distance measurement system for
heightened safety requirements
– One transducer consists of two or three completely separate
distance measurement systems
– Start/Stop or analog interfaces
– Compact housing
– Max. nominal stroke 1000 mm

Tilting technology on rail cars

Available outputs:
– Analog 0...10 V, 4...20 mA, 0...20 mA, –10...10 V
– Pulse interface
Download the operating instructions from
www.balluff.com for more information

Propeller pitch control

Ordering example:
BTL5-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-T-_S 32

Interfaces
Analog:
Voltage output
0...10 V
A10
–10...10 V
G10
Current output
0...20 mA, rising
C10
20...0 mA, falling
C17
4...20 mA, rising
E10
20...4 mA, falling
E17
Pulse interface P
P1

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025...1000

2 with two independent
outputs
3 with three independent
outputs

Mounting surface

138

Number of
redundant systems

Rod Series T
Redundant

Rudder control

0...10 V
4...20 mA
0...20 mA
–10...10 V

EX
Filling level
sensor
in zone 0/1
Transducer
in zone 1
Rod DEX
Rod J-DEXC
Rod PEX
Rod NEX
Floats
and
magnets
T
Redundant

■ www.balluff.com

139

140

BTL-SF Filling Level Sensor
Contents

SF

SF
General data
Analog interface
A
Floats and accessories
F

142
144
146

The magnetostrictive working principle is ideal for the continuous
high-precision measurement of fluid filling levels. Waveguides and
processing electronics are enclosed inside a housing made from
stainless steel. Stainless steel floats with permanent integrated magnets mark the current filling level in the tank or vessel. The design of
the sensors meets international hygiene standards.

■ www.balluff.com

141

BTL-SF Filling Level Sensor
General data

rea
nt in µ a
asureme
e
m
e
is
prec
nuously
g results
– Conti
giene
ent fillin
ll
e
c
x
e
s top hy
rs
e
v
li
e
e
l
d
e nsure
te
s
s
s
stainle
e life
um
– 100 %
ng servic
s maxim
s and lo
rd
arantee
a
u
d
g
n
te
a
sta
c
ifi
rt
e
ational c
– Intern
quality

Maximum precision for food hygiene –
internationally certified
The BTL-SF filling level sensor ensures continuously precise
measurement in applications that demand extreme hygiene. Made
from corrosion-free stainless steel with excellent surface quality and
rounded edges, the sensor meets the highest international hygiene
standards and fulfills all strict requirements of the food industry.
Take advantage of the best quality directly from the manufacturer.
Other benefits:
– Neutral for all liquids
– Compensates for foam, thus delivering reliable filling level values
– Adjustment-free installation
– Easy to clean in installed state (CIP – Clean in Place)
– For process temperatures up to 130 °C (SIP – Sterilization in
Place)
– Standardized interfaces ensure flexible installation
– Internationally certified quality guarantees global marketing and
sales of your system
– Rising and falling signal available

In the USA, 3-A Sanitary Standards Inc. formulates and monitors
hygiene guidelines for devices used in the manufacture and
packaging of milk and foodstuffs. Our products with this designation
are 3-A approved.

The EHEDG (European Hygienic Engineering & Design) designation is the European standard for hygiene in the food industry. Our
products with this logo conform to EHEDG standards.

The FDA (Food and Drug Administration) oversees the US food and
pharmaceutical industry and certifies devices, materials, systems
and machines from these sectors. A product designation of this kind
makes your system eligible for FDA approval.

The ECOLAB designation stands for consistency against aggressive cleaning agents. Devices with ECOLAB markings fulfill their
standards.

142

100 %
stainless steel

BTL-SF Filling Level Sensor
General data

IP69K

Series
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Housing material
Flange and tube material
Connection
Mounting
Pressure rating
EMC testing:
RF emission
Static electricity (ESD)
Electromagnetic fields (RFI)
Fast transients (BURST)
Line-induced disturbances,
induced by high-frequency fields
Surge voltage
Magnetic fields
Standard nominal stroke (mm)

FDA and
EHEDG
conformity

BTL5 rod SF
analog
analog
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-SF-F_ _ _ _
yes
36 V
500 V DC (GND to housing)
IP 67/IP 69K (flange and tube)
Stainless steel 1.4404
1.4404
Cable connection
1.5" Tri Clamp as per SSI 3A standard 74-03
300 bar (depending on float)
EN 55016-2-3 Group 1, Class A and B
EN 61000-4-2/EN 61000-4-2 Severity Level 3
EN 61000-4-3/EN 61000-4-3 Severity Level 3
EN 61000-4-4/EN 61000-4-4 Severity Level 3
EN 61000-4-6/EN 61000-4-6 Severity Level 3
IEC 61000-4-5/EN 61000-4-5 Severity Level 2
IEC 61000-4-8/EN 61000-4-8 Severity Level 4
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150, 0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450, 0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500 or in 5 mm increments on request

SF
General
data
Analog
interface
Floats
and
accessories

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide

Please order separately:
Tri Clamp, page 146
Floats, page 146
O-ring, page 146
Welded hexagon nipple, page 146

Caution! Prior to design,
installation and startup,
please read the instructions
in the user guide!
www.balluff.com
■ www.balluff.com

143

BTL-SF Filling Level Sensor
Analog interfaces

The industry-standard filling level sensor works with the triedand-tested Micropulse technology, an absolute and contact-free
magnetostrictive measurement, which has been associated with top
reliability for years. In addition, it has analog interfaces and due to
this common standard signal, can be used in process automation.
Analog signal
A signal that can accept continuous, (almost) infinitely variable,
values between a minimum and a maximum is described as an
analog signal.
The output signal of the BTL-SF filling level sensor is analog and
directly proportional to the position of the float on the sensor tube.
Features:
– Reasonably priced system solution
– Can be used from each controller
– Cable break monitoring through 4...20 mA signal
– Current signal, interference-free signal transfer
– High resolution and repeatability
– Rising and falling signal available
Variants:
– Current (4...20 mA or 0...20 mA)
– Voltage (0...10 V or 10...0 V)

Series
Output signal
Transducer interface
Input interface
Part number
Output voltage
Output current
Load current
max. ripple
Load resistance
System resolution
Hysteresis
Repeat accuracy
Sampling rate
Non-linearity, max.
Temperature coefficient
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Polarity reversal protected
Overvoltage protection
Dielectric strength
Operating temperature
Process temperature 130° C for one hour
Pin assignments
Color
Output signals
YE
GY
PK
GN
Operating voltage
BU
BN
WH
Connect shield to housing

■ Included:
– Transducer
– Short user's guide
Please order separately:
Tri Clamp, page 146
Floats, page 146
O-ring, page 146
Welded hexagon nipple, page 146
Teflon cable – LIF5Y-FC-5Y (7x0.25mm²):
– Temperature-resistant up to 200 °C
– Good resistance against chemicals and oil

144

BTL-SF Filling Level Sensor
Analog interfaces

maximum precision

BTL5 rod SF
analog
A
analog
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _
0...10 V and 10...0 V

BTL5 rod SF
analog
E
analog
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _

BTL5 rod SF
analog
C
analog
BTL5-C1_-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _

4...20 mA or 20...4 mA

0...20 mA or 20...0 mA

≤ 500 ohms (500 ohms)
≤ 0.2 µA
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 500 Hz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
≤ 40 ppm/K for nominal stroke 500 mm,
float at center of measuring range
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
36 V
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-E10...
BTL5-E17...
4...20 mA
20...4 mA
0 V Output
0 V Output

≤ 500 ohms (500 ohms)
≤ 0.2 µA
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 500 Hz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
≤ 40 ppm/K for nominal stroke 500 mm,
float at center of measuring range
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
36 V
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-C10...
BTL5-C17...
0...20 mA
20...0 mA
0 V Output
0 V Output

GND
+24 V DC

GND
+24 V DC

max. 5 mA
≤ 5 mV
≤ 0.1 mV
≤ 4 µm
System resolution/min. 2 µm
fSTANDARD = 500 Hz
±100 µm up to 500 mm nominal stroke
±0.02 % 500... max. nominal stroke
≤ 40 ppm/K for nominal stroke 500 mm,
float at center of measuring range
20...28 V DC
≤ 150 mA
yes
36 V
500 V DC (ground to housing)
–40...+85 °C
–40...+100 °C
BTL5-A11...
0 V Output
10...0 V
0...10 V
GND
+24 V DC

GND
+24 V DC

GND
+24 V DC

SF
General
data
Analog
interface
Floats
and
accessories

Ordering example:
BTL5-_1_-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _

Interface
A
E
C

■ www.balluff.com

Output
signal
1 Rising
and falling
with A
0 Rising
(with C and E)
7 Falling
(with C and E)

Standard
nominal stroke [mm]
0025, 0050, 0075, 0100, 0125, 0150,
0175, 0200, 0225, 0250, 0275, 0300,
0325, 0350, 0375, 0400, 0425, 0450,
0475, 0500, 0550, 0600, 0650, 0700,
0750, 0800, 0850, 0900, 0950, 1000,
1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600,
1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2250, 2500
or in 5 mm increments on request

Radial connection
F02
F05
F10
F15
F20

Teflon cable 2 m
Teflon cable 5 m
Teflon cable 10 m
Teflon cable 15 m
Teflon cable 20 m

145

BTL-SF Filling Level Sensor
Floats and accessories

Description
for series
Part number
Material

Float
BTL5 rod SF
BTL-S-3112-4Z
Stainless steel 1.4404

Weight
Operating temperature/
Storage temperature range
Displacement in water
Pressure rating (static)

ca. 30 g
–40...+130 °C

IP69K

120 °C –
130 °C

O-ring
BTL5 rod SF
BAM SE-XA-002-D38.1-5
Platinum catalyzed
silicone

Welded hexagon nipple
BTL5 rod SF
BAM-AD-XA-003-D38.1-5
Part no. W. 1.4435 BN2
(Fe ≤ 0.5 %) as per EB 10088

approx. 31 mm
24 bar

Process temperature:
maximum permissible temperature
of the rod under the flange (with
media contact).
Certain production processes
require, for example sterilization at
120 °C – 130 °C for 0.5 – 1 hour.

"Junction float"
on request.

146

Tri Clamp (DIN 32676)
BTL5 rod SF
BAM MC-XA-006-D38.1-5
USA ASTM 316 (1.4401)

■ Included in scope of
delivery for float:
– Float
– Instructions
– Cotter pin (spring pin 2×30)

Caution!
Approvals only issued through
use of these components.
Prior to design, installation and
startup, please read the
instructions in the user guide!

Accessories
Contents

■ www.balluff.com

Connectors

148

Processors

158

Profibus module P111

160

BUS interface module

162

Digital display, CAM controller

163

147

Accessories
Connectors overview

Connectors
for series

Connector for analog,
pulse and SSI interfaces

Version
Part number
Crimp contacts
Solder
Housing material
Contacts
Contact finish
Cable strain relief
Cable diameter min.
Cable
No. of wires × conductor cross-section
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
View of
female solder side

BKS-S 32M
BTL5-...-S 32
Soldered connections
Straight, female
BKS-S 32M-_ _
max. 0.75 mm2
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm
Lif2Y-FC-11Y- 0
7×0.25 mm²
IP 67 (when attached)

PIN
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

Connectors
for CANopen

CiA 199911-301v30/11-009

Connectors for PROFIBUS-DP and
DeviceNet interfaces

148

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

Accessories
Connectors for analog, pulse
and SSI interfaces

BKS-S 32M-C
BTL5-...-S 32
Crimp contacts
Straight, female
BKS-S 32M-C-_ _
max. 0.5 mm²
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm
Lif2Y-FC-11Y- 0
7×0.25 mm²
IP 67 (when attached)

PIN
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

BKS-S 33M
BTL5-...-S 32
Soldered connections
Right-angle, female
BKS-S 32M-_ _

BKS-S 78M
BTL5-...-S 32
Soldered connections
Straight, male
BKS-S 78M-00

max. 0.75 mm2
ZnAlCu1 nickel-plated
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm
Lif2Y-FC-11Y- 0
7×0.25 mm²
IP 67 (when attached)

max. 0.75 mm2
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm

PIN
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

BKS-S232
BTL7-_ _ _-S32

BKS-S233
BTL7-_ _ _-S32

BKS-S232-PU-_ _

BKS-S233-PU-_ _

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated

IP 67 (when attached)

LifgY+LifgY, FC-11Y
8×0.25 mm²
IP 67 (when attached)

LifgY+LifgY, FC-11Y
8×0.25 mm²
IP 67 (when attached)

PIN
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

PIN
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

PIN
1
2
3
5
6
7
8

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

Color
YE
GY
PK
GN
BU
BN
WH

Connectors
Processors
Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

Please include the Part number in the ordering code!
Code 00 for self-assembly
(please use shielded cable).
Code 05, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 m
for finished cable assembly.
■ www.balluff.com

149

Accessories
Connectors for CANopen and
DeviceNet interfaces

Connectors
for series
Version
Part number
Screw terminal
Housing material
Contacts
Contact finish
Cable strain relief
Cable diameter
No. of wires × conductor cross-section
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Knurled coupling ring
Finish
O-ring
Resistor
Coding
Socket on transducer
View of
female coupling side

BKS-S92-00
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94
Screw terminals
5-pin, female
BKS-S92-00
max. 0.75 mm2
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm

BKS-S94-00
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94
Screw terminals
5-pin, male
BKS-S94-00
max. 0.75 mm2
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm

BKS-S93-00
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94
Screw terminals
5-pin, female
BKS-S93-00
max. 0.75 mm2
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm

BKS-S95-00
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94
Screw terminals
5-pin, male
BKS-S95-00
max. 0.75 mm2
Nickel-plated brass
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
PG 9
6...8 mm

IP 67 (when attached)

IP 67 (when attached)

IP 67 (when attached)

IP 67 (when attached)

A
1

A
2

A
1

A
2

PIN
1
2
3
4
5

PIN
1
2
3
4
5

Signal
CAN_GND
+24 V
GND (0 V)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW

DeviceNet
1
3 2

CANopen
1
2

1

Signal
CAN_GND
+24 V
GND (0 V)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW

1
3

2

150

2

Socket 3
Power supply for DeviceNet:
BKS-S48-15-CP-... page 155

PIN
1
2
3
4
5

Signal
CAN_GND
+24 V
GND (0 V)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW

PIN
1
2
3
4
5

Signal
CAN_GND
+24 V
GND (0 V)
CAN_HIGH
CAN_LOW

Accessories
Connectors for CANopen and
DeviceNet interfaces

BKS-S92-TA1
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92

BKS-S137-19-PC-...
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94

BKS-S151-19-PC-...
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94

BKS-S94-R01
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94

BKS-S92-16/GS92-_ _
BTL5-H_ _ _-S92/S93/S94

T-splitter, 2 × female, 1 × male
BKS-S92-TA1

5-pin, female
BKS-S137-19-PC-...

5-pin, male
BKS-S151-19-PC-...

Terminating resistor, male
BKS-S94-R01

Male/female extension
BKS-S92-16/GS92-_ _

PA
Brass
NI

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated

TPU
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated

IP 67
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
HBR

5×0.25 mm2
IP 67
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
Viton

5×0.25 mm2
IP 67
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
Viton

A
1*

A
1

A
2

IP 68
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
Viton
121 ohms
A
2

PIN
1
2
3
4
5

*only for
BTL5-H1...-M-P/B-S92

Please include the type designation in the ordering code!
02 = Length 2 m
05 = Length 5 m
10 = Length 10 m

5×0.34 mm2
IP 67
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
Viton
A
1/2

Signal
–
–
–
121 ohms

Please include the type designation in the ordering code!
02 = Length 2 m
05 = Length 5 m
10 = Length 10 m

Please include the type designation in the ordering code!
02 = Length 2 m
05 = Length 5 m
10 = Length 10 m

Connectors
Processors
Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

Please order the clear
view cover separately!
Order designation:
BTL5-A-CP01-K

■ www.balluff.com

151

Accessories
Y connectors M8 for CANopen®

Connector
Description
Version

1×M8 straight/2×3-wire
Y connector
Male

Use

Splitter boxes

Ordering code
Part number
Operating voltage UB
No. of wires ×
cross-section
Cable diameter min.
Connection
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Ambient temperature range Ta
Housing material
View of
female/male side

M12 screw plug

IP 65 screw plug for
unused ports
BAM0114
BKS-S 75-TB4-05-PU-00.05/02/02 BKS 12-CS-01
10...30 V DC
4×0.34 mm2
max. 51 mm
molded-in
IP 67
–25...+85 °C
PUR
3

1

4

2

–20...+80 °C
Nickel-plated brass

M12 screw plug

IP 65 screw plug for
unused ports
BAM00K7
BKS 12-CS-00

–20...+80 °C
Plastic

PIN 1: brown
PIN 2: white
PIN 3: blue
PIN 4: black

A
B
BKS12 Ø13.5 12

152

C
D
7,5 M12×1

Accessories
Connectors for PROFIBUS-DP

Connectors
Version
Use
Ordering code
Part number
Operating voltage UB
No. of wires ×
cross-section
Cable diameter min.
Connection
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Ambient temperature range Ta
Housing material
Shielded version
Coding
Socket on transducer
View of
female/male side

M12
B-coded
5-pin
Male
BCC0714
BCC M475-0000-2B-000-01X575-000
10...30 V DC
5× max. 0.75 mm2

M12
B-coded
5-pin
Male
BCC0716
BCC M485-0000-2B-000-01X575-000
10...30 V DC
5× max. 0.75 mm2

M12
B-coded
5-pin
Female
BCC0715
BCC M475-0000-1B-000-01X575-000
10...30 V DC
5× max. 0.75 mm2

M12
B-coded
5-pin
Female
BCC0717
BCC M485-0000-1B-000-01X575-000
10...30 V DC
5× max. 0.75 mm2

Max. 8.0 mm
Screw terminal
IP 67
–25...+85 °C
Brass
Yes*
B
2

Max. 8.0 mm
Screw terminal
IP 67
–25...+85 °C
Brass
Yes*
B
2

Max. 8.0 mm
Screw terminal
IP 67
–25...+85 °C
Brass
Yes*
B
1

Max. 8.0 mm
Screw terminal
IP 67
–25...+85 °C
Brass
Yes*
B
1

2

2
5

3

1

4

*Knurled ring used
for shielding

2
5

3

1

4

3

5

1

4

3

4

previously
BKS-S 103-00
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

previously
BKS-S 106-00
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

previously
BKS-S 105-00
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

2
5

1

previously
BKS-S 104-00
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

Connectors
Processors

Ø20.2
M12×1

Ø20.2

20.2
M12×1

Ø20.2

41.8

Proﬁbus
module P111

36.7

BUS interface
modules

Shielded

18

18

56.0

57.4

63.7

54.9

18

Digital display
CAM controller

out!

through

PROFIBUS-DP
1
3 2
Pin assignments
BTL5-T1_ _-M-_ _ _ -_-S103
Control and data signals
Data GND
RxD/TxD-N (A)
RxD/TxD-N (B)
VP +5V
+24
V
Operating voltage
0 V (GND)
Ground PROFIBUS-DP
Shield supply

Socket on
transducer

■ www.balluff.com

5-pin
3
2
4
1

3-pin

1
1
3

5

3
2

4
1/2

3

153

Accessories
M12 connectors, 5-pin, B-coded
for PROFIBUS-DP

Connector diagram and wiring

1
2
3
4
5

Configuration
Version
Use
Operating voltage UB
Cable
No. of wires × conductor cross-section
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Ambient temperature range Ta
Housing material
Knurled coupling ring
Coding
Socket on transducer
Cable material

Color

Length

PUR

Violet

0.6 m

PUR

Violet

1m

PUR

Violet

2m

PUR

Violet

5m

PUR

Violet

10 m

PUR

Violet

15 m

PUR

Violet

20 m

PUR

Black

2m

PUR

Black

5m

PUR

Black

10 m

PROFIBUS-DP
1
3 2

NC
Line A green
NC
Line B red
NC

Female/male
300 V
PUR
2×0.38 mm2
IP 67
–25...+80 °C
PUR
Nickel-plated brass
B
1/2
Ordering code
Part number
BCC070M
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-006
BCC070N
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-010
BCC070P
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-020
BCC070R
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-050
BCC070T
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-100
BCC070U
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-150
BCC070W
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-200

previously BKS-S103/GS103-CP-_ _
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

1
2
3
4
5

NC
Line A green
NC
Line B red
NC

Female
300 V
PUR
2×0.38 mm2
IP 67
–25...+80 °C
PUR
Nickel-plated brass
B
1

BCC070Y
BCC M415-0000-1B-031-PS72N1-020
BCC070Z
BCC M415-0000-1B-031-PS72N1-050
BCC0710
BCC M415-0000-1B-031-PS72N1-100

previously BKS-S103-CP-_ _
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

1
3
2

Pin assignments
BTL5-T1_ _-M-_ _ _ -_-S103
Control and data signals
Data GND
RxD/TxD-N (A)
RxD/TxD-N (B)
VP +5V
+24 V
Operating voltage
0 V (GND)
Ground PROFIBUS-DP
Shield supply

Socket on
transducer

154

5-pin
3
2
4
1

3-pin

1
3
5
4
1/2

3

Please order the clear view cover
separately!
Order designation: BTL5-A-CP01-K

Accessories
M12 connectors, 5-pin, B-coded
for PROFIBUS-DP

1
2
3
4
5

NC
Line A green
NC
Line B red
NC

Male
300 V
PUR
2×0.38 mm2
IP 67
–25...+80 °C
PUR
Nickel-plated brass
B
2

M12 terminating resistor
B-coded, 5-pin
Male
10...30 V DC

IP 67
–40...+85 °C
Plastic
B
2

2×0.25 mm2
IP 67
PUR

3*

Ordering code
Part number

BCC0711
BCC M415-0000-2B-031-PS72N1-020
BCC0712
BCC M415-0000-2B-031-PS72N1-050
BCC0713
BCC M415-0000-2B-031-PS72N1-100

BKS-S 48-15-CP-02
BKS-S 48-15-CP-05

Connectors
Processors

BKS-S 48-15-CP-10
BCC00Y8
BKS-S105-R01
previously BKS-S105-CP-_ _
00.3 = Length 0.3 m
02
= Length 2 m
05
= Length 5 m
10
= Length 10 m

■ www.balluff.com
om

Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

155

Accessories
M12 female straight and right-angle
connectors, 8-pin, customized assembly

Connectors
for series

BKS-S115-PU-_ _
BTL6-...-S115

BKS-S116-PU-_ _
BTL6-...-S115

Version
Part number
Screw terminal
Housing material
Contacts
Contact finish
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Knurled coupling ring
Finish
O-ring
Cable
No. of wires × conductor cross-section
Version
Conductor configuration
Outer diameter
Min. bending radius
Pin assignments
View of female

8-pin, straight, female
BKS-S115-PU-_ _

8-pin, right-angle, female
BKS-S116-PU-_ _

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
IP 67
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
Viton
Molded PUR
8×0.25 mm2
LIYY-CF11Y
14 × 0.15 mm
6.6 ±0.2 mm
dynamic 4 × D, static 3 × D

PUR
Brass
0.8 µm gold plated
IP 67
Brass
2.5 µm Ni
Viton
Molded PUR
8×0.25 mm2
LIYY-CF11Y
14 × 0.15 mm
6.6 ±0.2 mm
dynamic 4 × D, static 3 × D

PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Color
YE
GY
PK
RD
GN
BU
BN
WH

PIN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Color
YE
GY
PK
RD
GN
BU
BN
WH

Please include the type
designation in the ordering code!
02 = Length 2 m
05 = Length 5 m
10 = Length 10 m
15 = Length 15 m
20 = Length 20 m
25 = Length 25 m

Adapter BKS-S115 to
BKS-S 32
Ordering code:
BKS-S115/GS32-PU-00.2

156

Accessories
M12 female straight and right-angle
connector, 8-pin, customized assembly
for AT VARAN profile series

View of
Female/male side

2

3
8

1
7
6

5

2

1
4

2

3
8

1

3
4

7
6

1
4

5

2
3
4

5

5

6

6

7

7

8

8

Version

M12 female straight, 8-pin

M12 female right-angle, 8-pin

Operating voltage max. US
Rated operating current le
Cable
No. of wires × conductor cross-section
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Ambient temperature range Ta
Housing material
Use

18...30 V DC
250 V DC
4...8 mm
8×0.14...0.25 mm2
IP 67
–25...+85° C
Brass
BPI, M8, 3-pin, 8-way, BIC

18...30 V DC
250 V DC
4...8 mm
8×0.14...0.25 mm2
IP 67
–25...+85° C
Brass
BPI, M8, 3-pin, 8-way, BIC

Ordering code
Part number
BCC04MC
BCC M478-0000-1A-000-43X834-000

BCC050F
BCC M488-0000-1A-000-43X834-000

Connectors
Processors
Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

■ www.balluff.com

157

Accessories
Analog processors

Series
Output signal

Travel signal
Velocity

Input interface
(transducer)
Part number
Features

Nominal stroke of transducer
Housing
Operating voltage
Current consumption
Operating temperature
Update time for standard
Interface
Output
signals

Travel signals
Velocity

Accessories
(please order separately)

Features:
– The processors are configured
in a Eurocard format for
use in 19" racks and card
holders / top-hat rail fitting
– The position values are
updated at a frequency of
max. 2 kHz, so that the actual
position can be captured
even at high traverse speeds
with negligible lag error
– High resolution (down to
0.01 mm) provided by microcontroller-controlled digitizing
– Parallel data format selectable
binary, BCD or gray.
– Data format SSI (only BTM-H)
– Noise-immune data transmission between processor
and transducer provided by
RS485/422 differential line
drivers, with cable lengths up
to 500 m.
– ERROR output for immediate
notification of cable break,
defective or missing magnet.

BTA-A
analog
analog
P

BTA-C
analog
analog
P

BTA-E
analog
analog
P

BTA-A1_-_ _ _ _
Resolution 0.1 mV/0.2 µA,
LED function indicator,
End point adjust 15 %,
Span adjust 15 %,
Velocity output,
Error output (relay)

BTA-C1_-_ _ _ _
Resolution 0.1 mV/0.2 µA,
LED function indicator,
End point adjust 15 %,
Span adjust 15 %,
Velocity output,
Error output (relay)

BTA-E1_-_ _ _ _
Resolution 0.1 mV/0.2 µA,
LED function indicator,
End point adjust 15 %,
Span adjust 15 %,
Velocity output,
Error output (relay)

50...5500 mm
Edge connector, 32-pin,
DIN 41612 F, 19" plug-in card
20...28 V DC
130 mA at 24 V DC
0...60 °C
1 kHz
analog
voltage
analog
0...10 V and 10...0 V
analog
±10 V at ±2.5 m/s
Card holder
48-pin
Form F/627164

50...5500 mm
Edge connector, 32-pin,
DIN 41612 F, 19" plug-in card

50...5500 mm
Edge connector, 32-pin,
DIN 41612 F, 19" plug-in card

130 mA at 24 V DC
0...60 °C
1 kHz
analog
voltage, current
analog
0...10 V and 10...0 V, 0...20 mA
analog
±10 V at ±2.5 m/s
Card holder
48-pin
Form F/627164

130 mA at 24 V DC
0...60 °C
1 kHz
analog
voltage, current
analog
0...10 V and 10...0 V, 4...20 mA
analog
±10 V at ±2.5 m/s
Card holder
48-pin
Form F/627164

Micropulse analog processor
■ Please enter the code for the
output signal and nominal stroke
in the ordering code!

Ordering examples:
BTA-A1_-_ _ _

Output signal
0

Micropulse digital processor
■ Please enter the code for the
output signal and nominal stroke
in the ordering code!

Rising, use only for
current output
7
Falling, use only for
current output
1
Rising/falling, use only
for voltage output
BTM-H1-_ _ _

Transducer in [mm]

Output driver
240
340

158

Nominal stroke

Source driver (PNP with SCP, 10...30 V) and
24-bit synchronous serial data transmission (SSI)
TTL outputs tri-state and
24-bit synchronous serial data transmission (SSI)

Accessories
Analog and digital processors,
analog module

BTA-G
analog
analog
P

BTM-H1
digital

BTM-_1
analog
analog
P

P

BTA-G1_-_ _ _ _
Resolution 0.1 mV/0.2 µA,
LED function indicator,
End point adjust 15 %,
Span adjust 15 %,
Velocity output,
Error output (relay)
50...5500 mm
Edge connector, 32-pin,
DIN 41612 F, 19" plug-in card
130 mA at 24 V DC
0...60 °C
1 kHz
analog
voltage
analog
–10...+10 V and +10...–10 V
analog
±10 V at ±2.5 m/s
Card holder
48-pin
Form F/627164

BTM-H1_-_ _ _
Resolution 0.01 mm, 0.025 mm, 0.1 mm,
1 mm, BCD, binary, gray code, null point
adjustment, direction signal, DATA READY,
min./max. programming, ENABLE, DATA
HOLD, bus-compatible, ERROR output.
Replaces processors:
BTA-D, BTA-H, BTA-P
50...5500 mm
Plastic housing for mounting on standard
top-hat rail EN 50022-35

BTM-_1_-_ _ _
Resolution 16 bits
Up to 4 magnets on a single transducer can
be processed individually. Analog
velocity output. 100 % programmable
measuring range,
ERROR output

max. 500 mA
0...60 °C
2 kHz
digital 22 bit parallel BCD, binary, gray code,
24 bit synchronous serial (SSI) gray code
Digital TTL 5 V DC (BTM-H1-340)
PNP source driver, 24 V DC (BTM-H1-240)

max. 300 mA
0...70 °C
2 kHz
analogue, voltage or current
see ordering code
Analog, voltage or current
see ordering code
analog ±10 V programmed to 1000 mm/s,
adjustable over the range 50 mm/s...10 m/s

25...4000 mm
Plastic housing for mounting on standard
top-hat rail EN 50022-35

Connectors
Processors
Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

Micropulse analog module
■ Please enter the code for
the output signal and version in
the ordering code!

Ordering examples:
BTM-_1-_ _ _

Output signal
A
E

Versions

0...10 V, 10...0 V
–10...10 V, 10...–10 V
4...20 mA, 20...4 mA
0...20 mA, 20...0 mA

101
102
103
104

1 analog output,
2 analog outputs,
3 analog outputs,
4 analog outputs,

1 magnet
2 magnets
3 magnets
4 magnets

BTM-_1-102-VM1000

Output signal
A
E
■ www.balluff.com

Versions
2 analog outputs, 1 magnet
with velocity

Velocity
±10 V at a velocity of
1000 mm/s

159

Accessories
Profibus modules P111 for BTL

P111 Profibus modules are an
elegant, cost-effective solution
from Balluff.
The modules have a robust
metal housing that was
designed for use in harsh
industrial environments and
is capable of withstanding
powerful mechanical loads.
These modules are fitted with
four interdependent ports
for Micropulse transducers
BTL with P111 or M1 pulse
interfaces. A maximum of 16
magnets can be used per BTL
port. The maximum nominal
stroke is 7500 mm. Four additional ports can be configured
with digital or analog sensors,
depending on the version.
You can achieve maximum
functionality and cost efficiency
for fieldbus integration by combining Micropulse transducers
BTL with Profibus modules
P111.

Fieldbus
Version
Ordering code
Part number
Operating voltage UB
Function indicator
Fault function indicator
Power indicator
Connection: Fieldbus
Connection: Operating voltage
Connection: I/O ports
Connection: P111 port
No. of I/O ports
No. of digital inputs
No. of analog inputs
Outputs
No. of P111 inputs
max. load current sensors/channel
Port status indicator (signal status)
Port diagnostic indicator (overload)
Total current USensor
Degree of protection as per IEC 60529
Operating temperature Ta
Weight
Mounting
Dimensions (L×W×H)
Housing material

digital
Inputs

analog
Inputs

Profibus
4× P111 or M1
BNI001A
BNI-PBS-551-000-Z001
18...30 V DC
BUS RUN
Red LED
UA, US, undervoltage
M12, B-coded
7/8", 5-pin, female and male
M12, A-coded, 5-pin, female
M12, A-coded, 8-pin, female
8
8

Profibus
4× P111 or M1
BNI002H
BNI-PBS-552-000-Z001
18...30 V DC
BUS RUN
UA, US, undervoltage
M12, B-coded
7/8", 5-pin, female and male
M12, A-coded, 5-pin, female
M12, A-coded, 8-pin, female
8

0
4
1A
Yellow LED
Red LED
9A
IP 67 (when attached)
0...+55 °C
approx. 735 g
2 mounting holes
224×68×36.9
Nickel-plated GD-Zn, matt finish

4
0
4
1A
Yellow LED
Red LED
9A
IP 67 (when attached)
0...+55 °C
approx. 735 g
2 mounting holes
224×68×36.9
Nickel-plated GD-Zn, matt finish

36.9

6.5

All modules include
4 screw plugs
and 1 label set.

160

1

0

1

4

5

6

7

30
68

20.2

UD US

UD US BUS

1

1

0

1

2

4

5

6

7

0

25

1.8
0

3

1

0

30
68

1

25

3

0

30.5 25

1

209

1

0

2

0

224

UD US BUS

1

6.5

UD US

30.8

25

0

7.5

25

0

36.9

30.8

30.5 25

209

224

1.8

7.5

20.2

Accessories
Profibus modules P111 for BTL

Maximum number of magnets per BTL is
16, however with a total of only 60 per module
Profibus

8 digital inputs or
4 optional analog inputs

1-15 magnets

Connectors
Processors
Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

■ www.balluff.com

161

Accessories
BUS interface modules
WAGO/Phoenix Contact

WAGO digital pulse interface 750-635 for BTL5-P1-_ _
or BTL6-P1_ _The digital pulse interface was developed for connecting Micropulse
transducers (BTL5-P1-...). Die RS422 interface assures quick and
noise-immune transmission of signals with a resolution down to
1µm. The absolute position of the Micropulse transducer is sent to
the supervisory controller as a 24-bit value.
The controller can perform a null point offset and configure the
number of magnets.
The bus terminal with digital pulse interface can be operated by all
bus drivers of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750, except the Economy
variants.
Interfaces:
– InterBus
– PROFIBUS-DP
– CANopen
– DeviceNet
– Ethernet TCP/IP
– MODBUS
– CC Link
Resolution: 1 µm Number of magnets configurable (1...4)
Further technical details and orders from:
WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH
Hansastraße 27
32423 Minden
Phone +49 571 887-0
Fax +49 571 887-169
E-mail: info@wago.com
www.wago.com

162

Phoenix Contact IMPULSE-IN terminal for BTL5-P1-_ _
or BTL6-P1_ _The IB IL IMPULSE-IN is a terminal from the Inline product family
by Phoenix Contact and processes the Micropulse transducer with
pulse interface.
The IMPULSE-IN terminal enables particularly cost-effective solutions
because it senses the positions using the low-cost pulse interface. In
addition, the pulse interface has the advantage of real-time capability, making it especially suitable for applications with position or
bearing control.
Interfaces:
– InterBus
– PROFIBUS-DP
– CANopen
– DeviceNet
– Ethernet
Further technical details and orders from:
Phoenix Contact
GmbH & Co. KG
Flachsmarktstraße 8
32823 Blomberg
Phone +49 5235-300
Fax +49 5235-341200
E-mail: info@phoenixcontact.com
www.phoenixcontact.com

Accessories
Digital display, CAM controller

Series

Part number
Features

BDD-UM 3023
Digital display
for analog input signals
Current/voltage
BDD-UM 3023

BDD-AM 10-1-P
Digital display
for BTL5-P with
P Interface
BDD-AM 10-1-P

– 4-digit display with prefix
– LED display 14 mm high red
7-segment
– Programmable decimal point
setting
– 12-bit AC/DC converter
– Measuring range selection
– Voltage input 0-10V
– Current input 0/4-20 mA
– Scalable display range

– Seven 1/2-digit display with
prefix
– LED display 14 mm high red
7-segment
– Scalable units
– Variable decimal point setting
– Adjustable null point
– Operating voltage 10...32 V
– 2 programmable relay outputs,
defined as
– Limit switch/comparator
– Dwell
– 2-position controller
– 1 configurable input
– External null set
– Latch display value
– Isolated DIN housing
for mounting in front panel
(mounting hardware included)

BDD-AM 10-1-SSD
Digital display
for BTL5-S with
SSD interface
BDD-AM 10-1-SSD

BDD-CC 08-1-P
CAM controller
for BTL5-P with
P Interface
BDD-CC 08-1-P

BDD-CC 08-1-SSD
CAM controller
for BTL5-S with
SSD interface
BDD-CC 08-1-SSD

– 8 programmable outputs
– 8 directional switching points
possible
– LED display, 14 mm high red
7-segment, 6-digit
– LEDs for switching point status
on front panel
– 300 switching points
can be distributed over up to
15 programs
– Adjustable null point offset
– Dynamic deadtime
compensation for each individual switching point
– Multiple BDD-CC 08 can be
wired in parallel
– Integrated transducer supply
voltage 300 mA, 24 V
– Isolated DIN housing
for mounting in front panel
(mounting hardware included)

Connectors
Processors
Housing depth 55.5 mm

Housing depth 110 mm

Housing depth 110 mm

Proﬁbus
module P111
BUS interface
modules
Digital display
CAM controller

■ www.balluff.com

163

Alphanumeric Directory
BAM to BTL

Part number
BAM MC-XA-006-D38.1-5
BAM SE-XA-002-D38.1-S
BAM-AD-XA-003-D38.1-5
BCC M415-0000-1B-031-PS72N1-020
BCC M415-0000-1B-031-PS72N1-050
BCC M415-0000-1B-031-PS72N1-100
BCC M415-0000-2B-031-PS72N1-020
BCC M415-0000-2B-031-PS72N1-050
BCC M415-0000-2B-031-PS72N1-100
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-006
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-010
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-020
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-050
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-100
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-150
BCC M415-M415-3B-329-PS72N1-200
BCC M475-0000-1B-000-01X575-000
BCC M475-0000-2B-000-01X575-000
BCC M478-0000-1A-000-43X834-000
BCC M485-0000-1B-000-01X575-000
BCC M485-0000-2B-000-01X575-000
BCC M488-0000-1A-000-43X834-000
BDD-AM 10-1-P
BDD-AM 10-1-SSD
BDD-CC 08-1-P
BDD-CC 08-1-SSD
BDD-UM 3023
BIW1-A310...
BIW1-C310...
BIW1-E310...
BIW1-G310...
BKS 12-CS-00
BKS 12-CS-01
BKS-S 32M-_ _
BKS-S 32M-_ _
BKS-S 32M-C-_ _
BKS-S 75-TB4-05-PU-00,05/02/02
BKS-S 78M-00
BKS-S 92-00
BKS-S 92-16/GS92-_ _
BKS-S 92-TA1
BKS-S 93-00
BKS-S 94-00
BKS-S 94-R01
BKS-S 95-00
BKS-S105-R01
BKS-S115-PU-_ _
BKS-S116-PU-_ _
BKS-S137-19-PC-...
BKS-S151-19-PC-...
BKS-S232-PU-_ _
BKS-S233-PU-_ _
BNI-PBS-551-000-Z001
BNI-PBS-552-000-Z001
BTA-A1_-_ _ _ _
BTA-C1_-_ _ _ _
BTA-E1_-_ _ _ _
BTA-G1_-_ _ _ _
BTL2-GS10-_ _ _ _-A
BTL2-GS10-_ _ _ _-A
BTL2-S-3212-4Z
BTL2-S-4414-4Z
BTL2-S-5113-4K
BTL2-S-6216-8P
164

Ordering code Page
146
146
146
BCC070Y
154
BCC070Z
154
BCC0710
154
BCC0711
155
BCC0712
155
BCC0713
155
BCC070M
154
BCC070N
154
BCC070P
154
BCC070R
154
BCC070T
154
BCC070U
154
BCC070W
154
BCC0715
153
BCC0714
153
BCC04MC
157
BCC0717
153
BCC0716
153
BCC050F
157
163
163
163
163
163
71
71
71
71
BAM00K7
152
BAM0114
152
148
149
149
152
149
150
151
151
150
150
151
150
BCC00Y8
155
156
156
151
151
149
149
BNI001A
160
BNI002H
160
158
158
158
159
47
55
96
96
96
96

Part number
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -H-_ _ _ _
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -HB/WB-_ _ _ _
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -K-_ _ _ _
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _ -W-_ _ _ _
BTL5-...-M_ _ _ _-SF-F_ _ _ _
BTL5-_ _-M_ _ _ _-J-DEXC-TA12
BTL5-_1-M_ _ _ _ _ -_-DEX_-_ _ _ _
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-A11-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _
BTL5-C1_-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-C1_-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-C1_-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _
BTL5-D1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S93
BTL5-E1_0-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-E1_-M_ _ _ _-SF-_ _ _ _
BTL5-F1_0-M_ _ _ _-_-S115
BTL5-F-2814-1S
BTL5-F-2814-1S
BTL5-G11-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-G11-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-G310-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S92
BTL5-H1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-S94
BTL5-M1-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-M1-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-M-2814-1S
BTL5-M-2814-1S
BTL5-N-2814-1S
BTL5-N-2814-1S
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-P1-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-P-3800-2
BTL5-P-3800-2
BTL5-P-4500-1
BTL5-P-4500-1
BTL5-P-5500-2
BTL5-P-5500-2
BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-S1_ _B-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL5-S1_ _-M_ _ _ _-P-_ _ _ _
BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-_-S103
BTL5-T1_ 0-M_ _ _ _-P-S 103
BTL5-T-2814-1S
BTL6-_ _ _-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL6-A110-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL6-A301-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL6-A301-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL6-A-3800-2
BTL6-A-3801-2
BTL6-A500-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL6-A500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
BTL6-B500-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL6-C500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
BTL6-E500-M_ _ _ _-...

Ordering code Page
105
109
103
107
143
133
131
111
33
145
111
33
145
41
77
111
33
145
95
47
55
111
33
59
89
91
117
39
39
85
35
46
54
46
54
85
113
35
45
53
45
53
45
53
87
115
37
87
115
37
93
43
55
57
59
57
61
67
67
121
51
121
51
121

Alphanumerical Directory
BTL to BTM

Part number
BTL6-E500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
BTL6-G500-M_ _ _ _-PF-S115
BTL6-P11_-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL6-P510-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL6-V11V-M_ _ _ _-A1-S115
BTL7-A110-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL7-A501-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL7-C1_0-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL7-E501-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL7-G110-M_ _ _ _-...
BTL-P-0814-GR-PAF
BTL-P-1012-4R
BTL-P-1012-4R-PA
BTL-P-1013-4R
BTL-P-1013-4R-PA
BTL-P-1013-4S
BTL-P-1014-2R
BTL-S-3112-4Z
BTM-_1_-_ _ _
BTM-H1_-_ _ _

■ www.balluff.com

Ordering code Page
51
51
63
123
65
77
79
77
79
77
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
146
159
159

165

Sales and Logistics Services
Convenient online access to the latest information

Global online availability of
the latest product information
Our Sales and Logistics Services
offer you the latest
– Data sheets
– CAD drawings in
2D or 3D
– Catalogs
– Brochures
– Manuals
– Software descriptions
– Operating manuals
– FAQs
– Worldwide addresses
and much more.

.at
.be
.ca
.ch
.co.il
.jp
.co.kr
.co.uk
.com
.com.ar
.com.au
.com.br
.com.by
.com.cn

www.balluff.com

.com.hk
.ru
.com.sg
.com.tr
.cz
.de
.dk
.es
.fr
.gr
.hu
.it
.nl
.no
.pl
.se
166

Sales and
d Logistics S
Services
Retrieve pr
product
roduct informati
information online in 3D

– Graphics reduced to
the essentials for optimized
performance

– All catalog products are
available:
Inductive sensors,
photoelectric sensors,
sensors for pneumatic
cylinders, Micropulse
transducers, industrial RFID
systems, mechanical single
and multiple position switches,
industrial networking
and connectivity, and so on.

The benefits to you

And here's how it works

– Faster and more efficient
designing
– Free availability of all
Balluff catalog products
– All common CAD formats
– Convenient preview in 3D
– Configurable products

– At www.balluff.com, go
to 3D data in the respective
product area
– You are automatically redirected to the Cadenas PARTserver
– Select a sensor and
perform an optional check via
3D preview
– Add to shopping basket
– Once you have entered your
details, the CAD files of
your choice are sent to you
by e-mail

CAD formats on the Cadenas PARTserver

■ www.balluff.com

167

Worldwide Sales

Headquarters
Germany
Balluff GmbH
Schurwaldstrasse 9
73765 Neuhausen a.d.F.
Phone +49 7158 173-0
Fax +49 7158 5010
balluff@balluff.com

Subsidiaries and
Representatives
Argentina
Nortécnica S.R.L
103 – Heredia 638
B1672BKD
Villa Lynch – San Martin
Pcia. de Buenos Aires
Phone +54 11 47573129
Fax +54 11 47571088
info@nortecnica.com.ar
Australia
Balluff-Leuze Pty. Ltd.
12 Burton Court
Bayswater VIC 3153
Phone +61 397 204100
Fax +61 397 382677
sales@balluff.com.au
Austria
Balluff GmbH
Industriestraße B16
2345 Brunn am Gebirge
Phone +43 2236 32521-0
Fax +43 2236 32521-46
sensor@balluff.at
Belarus
Automaticacentre OOO.
Nezavisimosti Av. 185,
Block 19, Ofﬁce 3
220125 Minsk
Phone +375 17 2181713
Fax +375 17 2181798
balluff@nsys.by
Belgium
Balluff bvba
Researchpark Haasrode 1820
Interleuvenlaan 62,
3001 Leuven
Phone +32 16 397800
Fax +32 16 397809
info.be@balluff.be
Brazil
Balluff Controles
Elétricos Ltda.
Rua Francisco Foga, 25
Distrito Industrial
CEP 13280.000
Vinhedo – Sao Paulo
Phone +55 19 38769999
Fax +55 19 38769990
balluff@balluff.com.br
Bulgaria
BPS AG
41, Nedelcho Bonchev St.
1528 Soﬁa
Phone +359 2 9609875
Fax +359 2 9609896
bps@bps.bg
Canada
Balluff Canada Inc.
2840 Argentia Road, Unit 2
Mississauga, Ontario L5N 8G4
Phone +1 905 816-1494
Toll-free 1-8 00-927-9654
Fax +1 905 816-1411
balluff.canada@balluff.ca

168

Chile
Balluff Controles
Elétricos Ltda.,
Brazil
China
Balluff (Shanghai) Trading Co. Ltd.
Room 337, Xinxing Building
2005 Yanggao Rd. North
200131 Shanghai
Tel. +86 21 51698788, 50644131
Fax +86 21 50644131, 22818067
info@balluff.com.cn
Columbia
Balluff Controles
Elétricos Ltda.,
Brazil
Croatia
HSTEC d.d.
Zagrebacka 100
23000 Zadar
Phone +385 23 205-405
Fax +385 23 205-406
info@hstec.hr
Czech Republic
Balluff CZ, s.r.o
Pelušková 1400
198 00 Praha 9 – Kyje
Phone +420 281 000 666
Fax +420 281 940066
obchod@balluff.cz
Denmark
Balluff ApS
Åbogade 15
8200 Århus N
Phone +45 70 234929
Fax +45 70 234930
info.dk@balluff.dk
Egypt
EGEC Taksym El Kodah-smouha
24 St. El Helal El Ahmer
Alexandria
Phone +20 3 4299771
Fax +20 3 4261773
info@egecgroup.com
Finland
Murri Pääkonttori
Koukkukatu 1
15700 Lahti
Phone +358 3 8824000
Fax +358 3 8824040
myynti@murri.ﬁ
France
Balluff SAS
ZI Nord de Torcy-Bat 3
Rue des Tanneurs – BP 48
77201 Marne La Vallée Cedex 1
Phone +33 1 64111990
Fax +33 1 64111991
info.fr@balluff.fr
Greece
S. NAZOS S.A.
10 KLM Thessalonikis-Kilkis
P.O. Box 57008
Thessaloniki
Phone +30 2310 462120
Fax +30 2310 474079
parasxos@nazos.gr

Hong Kong
Sensortech Company
No. 43, 18th Street
Hong Lok Yuen,
Tai Po, NT
Phone +852 26510188
Fax +852 26510388
sensortech@netvigator.com
Hungary
Balluff Elektronika Kft.
Pápai út. 55.
8200 Veszprém
Phone +36 88 421808
Fax +36 88 423439
saleshu@balluff.hu
India
Balluff India
405 Raikar Chambers
Deonar Village Road,
Govandi, Mumbai 400088
Phone +91 22 67551646
Fax +91 22 67973257
balluff@balluff.co.in
Indonesia
PT. Multiguna Cemerlang
Bumi Serpong Damai Sektor XI
Multipurpose Industrial Building
Block H 3-31
Serpong Tangerang
15314 Banten
Phone +62 21 75875555
Fax +62 21 75875678
sales_bsd@multigunacemerlang.com
Israel
Ancitech Ltd.
19, Hamashbir St.
Industrial Zone Holon
58853 Holon
Phone +972 3 5568351
Fax +972 3 5569278
moshe@ancitech.com
Italy
Balluff Automation S.R.L.
Via Morandi 4
10095 Grugliasco, Torino
Phone +39 11 3150711
Fax +39 11 3170140
info.italy@balluff.it
Japan
Balluff Co., Ltd.
Ishikawa Bldg. 2nd Fl.
1-5-5 Yanagibashi, Taito-Ku
Tokyo 111-0052
Tel. +81 03 5833-5440
Fax +81 03 5833-5441
info.jp@balluff.jp
Kazakhstan
elcos electric control systems
2A, Molodezhniy Str. 3D
block O., ofﬁces 318-319
050061 Almaty
Phone +7 727 3340536
Fax +7 727 3340539
info@elcos.kz
Lithuania
UAB Interautomatika
Kęstučio 47
08127 Vilnius
Phone +370 5 2607810
Fax +370 5 2411464
andrius@interautomatika.lt

Malaysia
Sumber Engineering (M) Sdn. Bhd.
20T 558 Jalan Subang 6
077 Persiaran Subang,
Sungai Penaga Industrial Parc
47500 Subang Jaya, Selangor
Phone +60 3 56334227
Fax +60 3 56334239
louis@sumbersarana.com
Team Automation Systems (M) Sdn. Bhd.
No. 26, 1st Floor, Jalan TTC 23,
Taman Teknologi Cheng,
75250 Melaka
Phone +60 6 3366223
Fax +60 6 3368223
sales@teamtas.com.my
Mexico
Balluff de México S.A. de C.V.
Prol. Av. Luis M. Vega #109
Col. Ampliación Cimatario
C.P. 76030
Queretaro, Qro.
Phone +52 442 2124882
Fax +52 442 2140536
balluff.mexico@balluff.com
Netherlands
Balluff B.V.
Kempenlandstraat 11H
5262 GK Vught
Phone +31 73 6579702
Fax +31 73 6579786
info.nl@balluff.nl
New Zealand
Balluff-Leuze Pty. Ltd.,
Australia
Norway
Primatec as
Lillesandsveien 44
4877 Grimstad
Phone +47 37 258700
Fax +47 37 258710
post@primatec.no
Philippines
Technorand Sales Corporation
803 Wilshire Annapolis Plaza,
No. 11 Annapolis Street,
San Juan, Metro Manila 1500
Phone +63 2 7245006
Fax +63 2 7245010
techno@compass.ph
Poland
Balluff Sp. z o.o.
Ul. Muchoborska 16
54-424 Wrocław
Phone +48 71 3384929
Fax +48 71 3384930
balluff@balluff.pl
Portugal
LA2P Lda.
Rua Teoﬁlo Braga, 156 A
Escrit. F – Ediﬁcio S. Domingos
Cabeco Do Mouro
2785-122 S. Domingos De Rana
Phone +351 21 4447070
Fax +351 21 4447075
la2p@la2p.pt
Romania
East Electric s.r.l.
256 Basarabia Blvd.
030352 Bucuresti
Phone +40 31 4016301
Fax +40 31 4016302
ofﬁce@eastelectric.ro

Worldwide Sales

Russia
Balluff OOO
M. Kaluzhskaja Street 15
Building 17, Ofﬁce 500
119071 Moscow
Tel. +7 495 78071-94
Fax +7 495 78071-97
balluff@balluff.ru
Serbia
ENEL d.o.o.
Ul. Vasilja Pavlovica 10
14000 Valjevo
Phone +381 14 291161
Fax +381 14 244641
enelva@ptt.rs
Singapore
Balluff Asia Pte. Ltd.
BLK 1004 Toa Payoh
Ind. Park
Lorong 8, #03-1489
Singapore 319076
Phone +65 62524384
Fax +65 62529060
balluff@balluff.com.sg
Slovakia
Balluff Slovakia s.r.o.
Blagoevova 9
85104 Bratislava
Phone +421 2 67200062
Fax +421 2 67200060
info@balluff.sk
Slovenia
Senzorji SB d.o.o.,
Proizvodnja,
trgovina in storitve d.o.o.
Livadna ulica 1
2204 Miklavž na Dravskem polju
Phone +386 2 6290300
Fax +386 2 6290302
senzorji.sb@siol.net

■ www.balluff.com

Spain
Balluff S.L.
Ediﬁcio Forum SCV
Planta 5°, Oﬁcina 4°
Carretera Sant Cugat a Rubi
Km01, 40-50
08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés
Barcelona
Phone +34 93 5441313
Fax +34 93 5441312
info.es@balluff.es
South Africa
PAL Distributers CC
P.O. Box 211
Randburg, 2125 Johannesburg
Phone +27 11 7814381
Fax +27 11 7818166
pal@polka.co.za
South Korea
Mahani Electric Co. Ltd.
792-7 Yeoksam-Dong
Kangnam-Gu, Seoul
Post code: 135-080
Phone +82 2 21943300
Fax +82 2 21943397
yskim@balluff.co.kr
Sweden
Balluff AB
Industrivägen 2
43361 Sävedalen
Phone +46 31 3408630
Fax +46 31 3409431
info.se@balluff.se

Switzerland
Balluff Sensortechnik AG
Riedstrasse 6
8953 Dietikon
Phone +41 43 3223240
Fax +41 43 3223241
sensortechnik@balluff.ch
Taiwan
Canaan Electric Corp.
6F-5, No. 63 Sec. 2
Chang An East Road
10455 Taipei
Phone +886 22 5082331
Fax +886 22 5084744
sales@canaan-elec.com.tw
Thailand
Compomax Co. Ltd.
16 Soi Ekamai 4,
Sukhumvit 63 Rd.
Prakanongnua, Vadhana,
Bangkok 10110
Phone +66 2 7269595
Fax +66 2 7269800
info@compomax.co.th

United Kingdom and Ireland
Balluff Ltd.
4 Oakwater Avenue
Cheadle Royal Business Park
Cheadle, Cheshire SK8 3SR
Phone +44 161 282-4700
Fax +44 161 282-4701
sales@balluff.co.uk
USA
Balluff Inc.
8125 Holton Drive
Florence, KY 41042-0937
Phone +1 859 727-2200,
Toll-free 1-800-543-8390
Fax +1 859 727-4823
balluff@balluff.com
Venezuela
Balluff Controles
Elétricos Ltda.,
Brazil

Turkey
Balluff Sensor Otomasyon
Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd. Sti.
Perpa Ticaret Is Merkezi
A Blok, Kat 1-2-3
No: 0013-0014
34381 Okmeydani/Istanbul
Phone +90 212 3200411
Fax +90 212 3200416
balluff@balluff.com.tr
Ukraine
Micronlogistik Ltd
Ul. Promyischlennaya Street 37
65031 Odessa
Phone +380 48 7781278
Fax +380 48 2358760
info@balluff-ua.com

169

.

Object Detection
Sensor Product Line
Inductive sensors BES DC 3-/4-wire
Inductive sensors BES DC 2-wire
Inductive sensors BES AC/DC
Inductive sensors BES with special properties
Sensors for pneumatic cylinders BMF
Magnetic field sensors BMF
Capacitive sensors BCS
Ultrasonic sensors BUS
Pressure sensors BSP
Photoelectric Product Line
Diffuse energetic BOS with fore- and background suppression
Retro-reflective sensors BOS
Through-beam sensors BOS (emitter/receiver)
Fiber optic devices BFB
Through-beam fork sensors BGL
Dynamic optical windows BOWA
Light grids BLG
Contrast sensors BKT
Luminescence sensors BLT
Color sensors BFS
Photoelectric distance sensors BOD

Linear Position Sensing

Industrial Identification

Industrial Networking and Connectivity

Mechanical Accessories

Mechanical Product Line
Mechanical single and multiple position switches
Mechanical single and multiple position switches to DIN EN 60204-1/VDE 0113
Mechanical single and multiple position switches with forced opening
Mechanical single and multiple position switches with quick-change plunger unit
Inductive single and multiple position switches
Inductive single and multiple position switches with extended switching distance
Mechanical wireless position switches
Mixed assembly multiple position switches
Linear Displacement Product Line
Micropulse® transducer BTL Profile series
Micropulse® transducer BTL AT series
Micropulse® transducer BTL Rod series
Micropulse® transducer BTL Compact Rod series
Micropulse® processors, BUS interfaces
Magnetic linear encoder system BML
Incremental and absolute encoders BDG/BRG
Inductive linear position sensor BIW
Inductive distance sensors BAW
Magneto-inductive position sensors BIL
Photoelectric distance sensors BOD
Ultrasonic sensors BUS
Industrial Identification
Industrial RFID systems BIS C
Industrial RFID Systems BIS L
Industrial RFID systems BIS M
Industrial RFID systems BIS S
Vision sensor BVS
Industrial Networking and Connectivity
Connectors and cables BCC
Passive splitter boxes BPI
Active splitter boxes BNI
IO-Link
Remote inductive transmission systems
Inductive couplers BIC
BUS systems
Wireless
Electrical devices
Mechanical Accessories
Holders and fastening systems
Mounting system BMS
Please check and send by fax!

Fax +49 7158 173-299
Company
Name,
Department
Street
Postal Code/City
Phone

■ www.balluff.com

Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW – Linear position sensing – high precision with extreme reliability

Object Detection

Linear Position Sensing

Industrial Identiﬁcation

Industrial Networking and Connectivity

Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW
Linear position sensing – high precision with extreme reliability

Balluff GmbH
Schurwaldstrasse 9
73765 Neuhausen a.d.F.
Germany
Phone +49 7158 173-0
Fax +49 7158 5010
balluff@balluff.de

www.balluff.com

Doc. No. 822987/Mat. No. 123757 E · Edition 1003; Subject to modifications. Replaces edition 1002.

Mechanical Accessories

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : kahnket
Create Date                     : 2010:02:08 15:45:09+01:00
Modify Date                     : 2012:06:06 13:37:14+02:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-20:48:00
Metadata Date                   : 2012:06:06 13:37:14+02:00
Creator Tool                    : PScript5.dll Version 5.2.2
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW - Linear position sensing – high precision with extreme reliability
Creator                         : kahnket
Document ID                     : uuid:196f1eda-a25c-47ed-b3ad-c77bd4856b11
Instance ID                     : uuid:f0710731-80fc-4ee6-add1-984539373ce0
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.0.0 (Windows)
Has XFA                         : No
Page Count                      : 172
Page Layout                     : TwoPageRight
Warning                         : [Minor] Ignored duplicate Info dictionary

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Micropulse Transducers BTL/BIW Linear Position Sensing – High Precision With Extreme Reliability 686996 Catalog

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation